Case 721E 821E Tier 3 Wheel Loader Operator's Manual 84377220 - PDF DOWNLOAD

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS - according to Directive 2006/42/EC, Annex I 1.7.4.1

721E 821E Tier 3 Wheel Loader

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Part number 84377220 1st edition English November 2010

THIS SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL INDICATES IMPORTANT SAFETY MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL. WHEN YOU SEE THIS SYMBOL, CAREFULLY READ THE MESSAGE THAT FOLLOWS AND BE ALERT TO THE POSSIBILITY OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY M171D

Safety Decals on this machine use the words Danger, Warning, or Caution, which are defined as follows: ●

DANGER: Indicates an immediate hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color associated with Danger is RED.

●

WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The color associated with Warning is ORANGE.

●

CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices. The color associated with Caution is YELLOW.

Safety Decals on this machine are ISO two panel Pictorial, decals are defined as follows: ●

The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.

●

The second panel indicates the appropriate avoidance of the hazard.

●

Background color is YELLOW

●

Prohibition symbols such as

and

STOP

if used, are RED.

IMPROPER OPERATION OF THIS MACHINE CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. BEFORE USING THIS MACHINE, MAKE CERTAIN THAT EVERY OPERATOR: ●

Is instructed in safe and proper use of the machine.

●

Reads and understands the Manual(s) pertaining to the machine.

●

Reads and understands ALL Safety Decals on the machine.

●

Clears the area of other persons.

●

Learns and practices safe use of machine controls in a safe, clear area before operating this machine on a job site.

It is your responsibility to observe pertinent laws and regulations and follow CNH America LLC instructions on machine operation and maintenance.

WARNING_01_NA

Copyright © 2010 CNH America LLC All Rights Reserved Case is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION To the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Machine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 CHAPTER 2 SAFETY, AND DECALS Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Safety Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Personal Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Utility Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 CHAPTER 3 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Access Doors and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Front Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Instrument Panel Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Side Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 CHAPTER 4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 CHAPTER 5 LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Servicing Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Support Strut for Loader Lift Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Releasing Pressure in the Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Engine Oil Viscosity / Temperature Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Daily Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Lubrication and Maintenance Quick Reference Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Access Doors and Fill Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Cab Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 CHAPTER 7 ELECTRICAL Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Machine Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 I

CHAPTER 8 SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Specifications 721E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Specifications 821E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Density of the Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46 Torque Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47 CHAPTER 9 INDEX

II

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Chapter 1 GENERAL INFORMATION TO THE OWNER This manual contains important information about the safe operation, adjustment and maintenance of your machine. Refer to the Index at the end of this manual for locating specific items about your machine. Read this manual carefully, paying particular attention to the instructions concerning safety, operation and maintenance so as to avoid the risk of injury while operating or servicing the machine.

The machine has been designed and manufactured according to the strictest quality standards and complies with the standard 2006/42/EC. However, the risk of accidents can never be completely excluded. That is why it is essential to observe elementary safety rules and precautions.

Do not use this machine for any application or purpose other than those described in this manual. If the machine is to be used for work involving the use of special attachments, accessories or equipment, consult your Dealer in order to be certain that any adaptations or modifications made are in keeping with the machine's technical specifications and with prevailing safety requirements.

Any modification or adaptation which is not approved by the manufacturer may invalidate the machine's initial conformity with safety requirements, and any person making such unapproved modifications is responsible for the consequences.

WARNING: The fuel system and engine on your machina are designed and built to government emission standards.

Tampering by dealers, customers, operators and users is strictly prohibited by law. Failure to comply could result in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, legal action and possible confiscation of the machine until rework to original condition is completed. Engine service and/or repairs must be done by a certified technician only.

The machine must undergo regular inspections, the frequency of which varies according to the type of use. Consult your Dealer.

Before permitting a new operator on this machine, make sure:

• That the operator has received the necessary training on how to operate the machine correctly and safely.

• That the operator has read and fully understands the instructions given in this manual.

Always keep this manual in the operator's compartment (in the seat back, behind the operator's seat). Make certain it is always complete and in good condition. If you wish to obtain extra copies, or copies in languages other than that of the country of use, consult your Dealer.

Your Dealer is available for any further information. They will also provide any after-sales service you may need, as well as genuine spare parts, your guarantee of quality and match.

All data in this manual is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weights are provided with approximate values and the machine fitting shown in the illustrations may not correspond with standards models. For precise information on specific machine models and versions, please contact your authorized dealer.

CNH America LLC Fargo, North Dakota USA 58102

Dealer’s Stamp

1-1

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Figure 1

BD06F164

721E

Read this manual before you start the engine or operate the machine. If you need more information, see your Case dealer.

With experienced and trained technicians, your Case dealer can provide the best methods of repair and maintenance for your machine. Your dealer can give you assistance with Case approved service parts.

Use this manual as a guide. Your Wheel Loader will remain a reliable working tool as long as it is kept in working condition and serviced properly.

1-2

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Figure 2

BD06F005

721E XT

DO NOT OPERATE or permit anyone to operate or service this machine until you or the other persons have read and understand the safety, operation and maintenance instructions in this manual. Use only trained operators who have demonstrated the ability to operate and service this machine correctly and safely.

This Wheel Loader, with standard equipment and attachments is intended to be used for digging and general earth moving purposes such as land leveling, truck loading, and material rehandling. This machine is not intended to be used for lifting other objects or transporting loads at high speeds.

1-3

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Figure 3

BD06F007

821E

DO NOT use this machine for any application or purpose other than those described in this manual. If the loader is to be used in an application that involves special attachments or equipment, such as forestry, etc., consult an authorized dealer. Consult an authorized dealer on changes, additions or modifications that can be required for this machine to comply with various country regulations and safety requirements. Unauthorized modifications may cause serious injury or death. Anyone making such unauthorized modifications is responsible for the consequences.

This Operators Manual is to be stored in the manual compartment equipped on this machine. Make sure this manual is complete and in good condition. Contact your dealer to obtain additional manuals. Contact your dealer for any further information or assistance about your machine.

Before permitting a new operator on this machine, make certain:

• That the operator has received the necessary training to operate the machine correctly and safely.

• That the operator has read and understands the instructions given in this manual.

Always keep this manual in the operator's compartment. Make sure it is always complete and in good condition. If you wish to obtain extra copies, or copies in languages other than that of the country of use, consult your dealer.

Your dealer is at your disposal for any further information. He will also provide any after-sales service you may require and genuine Case replacement parts, your guarantee of quality and match.

1-4

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, AND REAR OF THE MACHINE

FRONT

Figure 4

BD06F071

OPERATOR MANUAL STORAGE COMPARTMENT To access the operator manual storage area located on the back of the operator’s seat, release the latch on top of the seat and open the compartment.

READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make certain you understand the controls. All equipment has a limit. Make sure you understand the speed, brakes, steering, stability and load characteristics of this machine before you start to operate.

LEFT

RIGHT

DO NOT remove this manual or the safety manual from the machine. See your dealer for additional manuals. Also see the manual information on the inside of the rear cover of this manual.

When you see this symbol read your Operator’s Manual.

When you see this symbol refer to your Repair Manual.

REAR B891464

Figure 5

The terms Right-hand, Left-hand, Front, and Rear are used in this manual to indicate the sides as they are seen from the operator's seat.

Safety Decals on this machine are ISO two panel Pictorial, decals are defined as follows:

• The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.

• The second panel indicates the appropriate avoidance of the hazard.

• Background color is YELLOW Prohibition symbols such as used, are RED.

and

STOP

if

1-5

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION INFORMATION CONCERNING AIRBORNE NOISE EMISSION Sound power level

1

L = 106 dB (A) (721E) L = 107 dB (A) (821E) WA WA

Guaranteed sound power level (1), determined according to European Directive 2000/14/EC. Sound pressure level at operator's station L = 72 dB (A) pA

Equivalent continuous weighed sound pressure level "A" in correspondence with the operator station with cab door and windows closed and fan of the heater/conditioner operating in second speed, measured on identical machine, in compliance with standard ISO 6396:2008.

INFORMATION CONCERNING HAND-ARM AND WHOLE-BODY VIBRATION EMISSION The level of vibrations transmitted to the operator depends mainly upon the conditions of the ground on which operations take place, the mode of operation of the machine and its equipment. Thus, the exposure to vibrations can be considerably reduced when the following recommendations are complied with: - use equipment compatible with the machine and the type of work do be done; - adjust and lock the seat in the correct position; also inspect regularly the suspensions of the seat, performing the adjustments and repairs as required; - perform regularly the current maintenance operations of the machine at the prescribed intervals; - operate the equipment in a uniform manner, preventing, as far as possible, sharp movements or excessive loads; - when travelling, avoid, as far as possible, particularly rough terrain or the impact against possible obstacles.

This machine is equipped with an operator's seat, which meets the criteria of EN ISO 7096:2000 representing vertical vibration input under severe but typical operating conditions.

This seat has been tested with the input spectral class EM 3-9, and its transmissibility factor is within the foreseen values.

Figure 6

721E-3M021

1

This ensures that the exposure of the operator's body to vibrations comply with the protection requisites for the protection against vibrations when the machine operates as required by the operational scopes, in accordance with the prescriptions of this Manual.

• the effective value of the acceleration issued by the machine to which the arms of the operator are subjected does not exceed 2.5 m/s2.

• the effective value of the acceleration issued by the machine to which the body is subjected does not exceed 0.5 m/s2.

These results have been achieved using an accelerometer during load and unload operations.

1-6

821E-3M001

Figure 7

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE: Whole-body emission value is determined under particular operating and terrain conditions and is therefore not representative for the various conditions in accordance with the intended use of the machine. Consequently this single whole-body vibration emission value is not intended to determine the whole-body vibration exposure as required by European Directive 2002/44/EC. For this purpose it's recommend to carry out real working condition measurement. If not feasible use of below reported information on ISO/TR 25398:2006 (*) is suggested.

Average 1,4*a

Standard deviation (s) a

[m/s ]

1,4*a [m/s ]

[m/s ]

1,4*S [m/s ]

1,4*S [m/s ]

S [m/s ]

Load and carry motion

0,84

0,81

0,52

0,23

0,20

0,14

Mining application

1,27

0,97

0,81

0,31

0,31

0,47

Transfer movement

076

0,91

0,49

0,35

0,35

0,17

V-shape motion

0,99

0,54

0,54

0,32

0,32

0,14

Typical operating condition

w , eqx 2

w , eqy 2

w , eqz 2

x

2

y

2

z

2

(*) ISO/TR 25398:2006 Mechanical vibration - Guideline for the assessment of exposure to whole-body vibration of ride on operated earthmoving machines - Using harmonized data measured by international institutes, organizations and manufacturers.

1-7

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

MACHINE COMPONENTS

6 1 5

7

4

2

8

3 Figure 8

BD06F164

MACHINE COMPONENTS 1.

2.

3.

4.

1-8

CAB DOOR AND HAND HOLDS STEPS BUCKET BELLCRANK

5.

6.

7.

8.

BUCKET CYLINDER ROPS CAB ENGINE HOOD LEFT BATTERY ACCESS

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

2

4

1

5

6

8

7

3

Figure 9

BD06F166

MACHINE COMPONENTS

1. Right Side Battery Compartment 2. Engine Hood 3. Cab Air Filter Access

4. Front Console 5. Bucket Cylinder 6. Loader Lift Arm

7. Bucket 8. Hood Switch and Disconnect Switch

1-9

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, AND YEAR OF MANUFACTURE When ordering parts, obtaining information or assistance, always supply your dealer with the type and serial number of your machine or accessories.

Write the following information in the spaces below: The type, serial number and year of manufacture of your machine, accessories and the serial numbers of the various hydraulic and mechanical components.

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION PLATE The identification plate includes the main data of the machine.

1. Indicates the machine type or model and its category (Wheel Loader).

2. Indicates the homologation code number of the machine target market, if foreseen.

3. Indicates the machine serial number.

4. Indicates the max. total weight which the machine can bear.

5. Indicates the max. weight which the front axle can bear.

6. Indicates the max. weight which the rear axle can bear.

7. This field is not used since the machine is not designed to tow.

8. Contains the barcode.

9. Indicates the total weight of the standard version of the machine.

10. Indicates the engine power in KW according to standard ISO 14396.

11. Indicates the year of manufacturing of the machine.

Record the data of your machine below.

721E-3M022

Figure 10

721E-3M023

Figure 11

Model..........................................................................

Serial Number.............................................................

Manufacturing Year.....................................................

MARKING AND SERIAL NUMBER 1. Manufacturer code (FNH).

2. Machine code (721E1 or 821E1).

3. Check letter (N).

4. Year of production (9 for 2009). According to standard ENPD 105 (ISO 10261), starting from 2010, the characters will replace the digits (e.g.: for 2010 the corresponding code is A, for 2011 the code will be B).

5. Manufacturing Plant (H for Lecce Plant).

6. Product line (E for Wheel loader).

7. Machine serial number (last 5 digits).

1-10

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION ENGINE IDENTIFICATION Make and Model .........................................................

Serial Number.............................................................

BD06F092

Figure 12

BD02N124

Figure 13

BD02N126

Figure 14

TRANSMISSION IDENTIFICATION Model..........................................................................

Serial Number.............................................................

FRONT AND REAR AXLE IDENTIFICATION Front axle Type ...........................................................

Front axle S/N.............................................................

Rear axle Type............................................................

Rear axle S/N .............................................................

1-11

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

NOTES

1-12

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

Chapter 2 SAFETY, AND DECALS TABLE OF CONTENTS SAFETY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 PERSONAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 UTILITY SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Personal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Mounting and Dismounting Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Starting and Stopping Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Operating Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Maintenance Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Fuel Handling Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Burn Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Hazardous Chemical Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Seat Belt Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Specific Precautions to this Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2-1

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

NOTES

2-2

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

SAFETY RULES WARNING: This safety alert symbol indicates important safety messages in this manual. When you see this symbol, carefully read the message that follows and be alert to the possibility of death or serious injury.

M171C

Most accidents involving machine operation and maintenance can be avoided by following basic safety rules and precautions. Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual, the safety manual and the safety signs on the machine before you operate or service the machine. See your dealer if you have any questions.

PERSONAL SAFETY Safety Decals on this machine may use the words, Danger, Warning or Caution, which are defined as follows:

• DANGER: Indicates an immediate hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color associated with Danger is RED.

• WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided will result in serious injury. The color associated with Warning is ORANGE. Figure 1

BD06F071

OPERATOR’S MANUAL STORAGE SPACE

READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make sure you understand the controls. All equipment has a limit. Make sure you understand the speed, brakes, steering, stability, and load characteristics of the machine before you start to operate this machine.

• CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices. The color associated with Caution is YELLOW. ISO two panel pictorial symbol decals, if used are defined as follows:

DO NOT remove this manual or the safety manual from the machine. See your dealer for additional manuals. Also see the manual information on the Title pages (first and second pages in front of the Table of Contents) of this manual.

• The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.

• The second panel indicates the appropriate

The safety information given in this manual does not replace safety codes, insurance needs, federal, state, or local laws. Make sure that your machine has the correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

Prohibition symbols such as used, are RED.

avoidance of the hazard.

• Background color is YELLOW. and

STOP

if

Additional safety messages are used in the text of the manual to show specific safety hazards.

IMPORTANT: The safety messages in this chapter point out conditions which can happen during the normal operation and maintenance of your machine.

These safety messages also give possible ways of dealing with these conditions.

2-3

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

UTILITY SAFETY Safety precautions MUST be followed when working near buried and overhead utility lines.

During operation it is likely that you will be working around or near buried or overhead utility lines which may include, but are not limited to:

• • • •

Electrical Power Line Gas Line Water Line Communication Line - Telephone or Cable Television

• Sewer Line IMPORTANT: Before beginning any machine operation, it is your responsibility to be aware of all such utility lines buried and overhead in the area of your project and to avoid them.

RH99G001

ALWAYS have all local utility companies mark the location of their lines.

IMPORTANT: Check with local authorities for laws, regulations and/or strict penalties requiring you to locate and avoid existing utilities.

2-4

Figure 2

CALL ALL LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES BEFORE YOU PERFORM ANY MACHINE OPERATION

After locating any buried utility lines, carefully dig a hole by hand and/or automatic vacuum equipment to the utility line to verify the location and depth of the line.

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS PERSONAL

MOUNTING AND DISMOUNTING PRECAUTIONS

• Be prepared for emergencies. Always have a first aid kit and a working fire extinguisher with you and know how to use each.

• Avoid loose fitting clothing, loose or uncovered long hair, jewelry and loose personal articles.

• Know and use the protective equipment that is to be worn when operating this machine. Hard hats, protective glasses, protective shoes, gloves, reflector type vests, respirators and ear protection are examples of equipment that may be required.

• Certain protective equipment should be replaced and renewed upon age and wear. Old hard hats may not afford the original intended protection.

Faded and soiled vests are no longer as highly visible as the original intent. See the manufacturer’s recommendation.

• Do not rush. Walk, do not run.

• Know and use the hand signals required for particular jobs and know responsibility for signaling.

who

has

the

GENERAL

• It is the responsibility of the operator to read and understand the Operator’s Manual and other information provided, and use the correct operating procedure. Machines should be operated only by qualified operators.

• Do not operate this machine or perform maintenance work if you have not had appropriate training. Read and fully understand all the instructions and warnings in this manual.

• Wear the seat belt to maximize the protection capability of a ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) when the machine is so equipped.

• Inspect the ROPS and seat belt mounting bolts on a daily basis to insure their integrity.

• Do not permit riders on the machine if there is no manufacturer’s designated place for a rider.

• Make sure that all protective guards, canopies, doors, etc. are in place and secure.

• Remove all loose objects stored in the machine.

Remove all objects which do not belong in or on the machine and its equipment.

BD06F163

Figure 3

• Use the recommended hand holds and steps with at least three points of support when getting on and off the machine. The door must be latched and secured in the open position before using the door hand hold. Keep steps and platform clean.

Face the machine and use the hand holds and steps adhering to a three-point access system when climbing up and down.

• Do not jump off the machine.

• Do not dismount while the machine is in motion.

• Foreign material or grease on the steps and hand holds can cause an accident. Keep the steps and hand holds clean.

STARTING AND STOPPING PRECAUTIONS

• Walk around the machine and warn all personnel who may be servicing the machine or are in the machine path prior to starting. Do not start until all personnel are clearly away from the machine.

Sound the horn, if equipped, before starting.

• Walk around the machine’s tool, attachment, or furthermost contact point to view operation danger area from the work site personnel’s view and angle.

• Check that the parking device is applied, place the transmission in neutral or park as specified by the manufacturer, and disengage the PTO, if so equipped, before starting the machine.

• Adjust, secure and latch the seat and fasten the seat belt before starting the machine.

• Start and operate the machine only from the operator’s station.

• Do not bypass the machine’s neutral-start system. The neutral-start system must be repaired if it malfunctions.

2-5

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

• Use battery booster cables only in the

• Know and understand the job site traffic flow

recommended manner. Improper use can result in battery explosion or unexpected machine motion.

Ventilate the battery area before using booster cables. Make sure that using booster cables will not interfere or harm electronic processing or computer devices.

patterns and obey signalmen, road signs, and flagmen.

• Do not operate the engine in an enclosed area without adequate ventilation.

• Know and understand that job site conditions may change on an hourly basis. Hills of dirt, debris or obstructions may grow and change from the time you began the day. It is your responsibility to monitor the changes and keep the machine, tools and attachments, etc. a safe distance.

• Park the machine on level ground whenever

• Watch for bystanders and never allow anyone to

possible and apply the parking brake. On grades, park the machine with the wheels or track securely blocked.

be under or to reach through the machine and its equipment while operating.

• Before leaving the operator’s station, lower the bucket/attachment to the ground, shut off the engine.

• Select a gear that will prevent excessive speed when going downhill. Do not coast downhill.

• When roading a machine, know and use the

• Remove the starter key and/or use the

signaling devices required on the machine.

Provide an escort for roading where required.

disconnect switch when leaving the machine parked or unattended.

• On machines with independently operated wheel

OPERATING PRECAUTIONS

• Check brakes, steering and other machine control devices in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions prior to starting operation. Observe all gauges or warning instruments for proper operation. Operate all controls to insure proper operation. If any malfunctions are found, remove the starter key or disconnect switch key. Place a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the machine until the malfunction is corrected.

• If a failure that causes loss of control such as steering, service brakes, or engine occurs, stop the machine motion as quickly as possible, remove the starter key or disconnect switch key. Place a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the machine, and keep it securely parked until the malfunction is corrected or the machine can be safely towed.

• Understand the machine limitations, and keep the machine under control.

• Operate and drive the machine with care and at speed compatible with conditions. Use extra caution when operating over rough ground, on slopes, and when turning.

• Note and avoid all hazards and obstructions such as ditches, underground lines, trees, cliffs, overhead electrical wires, or areas where there is danger of a slide.

• Carry loads in recommended positions for maximum stability.

• Never lift loads in excess of capacity.

• Use the recommended machine ballast and counterweighting.

2-6

brakes, lock the brake pedals together when roading to provide equalized brake application.

• Use the recommended transport devices when roading the machine. Proper lights, flashers, signals, and beacons may be required. Use reflective slow moving vehicle signs where necessary. Follow local, state, and federal regulations.

• Use the approved drawbar and/or attachment point when using the machine for towing. If a cable or chain is used, keep people away from the tow line.

• Before you operate at night, check that all lamps illuminate.

• If your machine has a cab, make sure that all windows are clean and that the windshield wipers and washers work correctly.

• Engine exhaust fumes can cause death. If you operate this machine in an enclosed area, make sure there is ventilation to replace the exhaust fumes with fresh air.

• Check all controls in a clear area and make sure the machine is operating correctly.

• Dust, fog, smoke, etc., can decrease your vision and cause an accident. Stop the machine or decrease the speed until you can see.

• Contact

with high voltage power lines, underground cables, etc., can cause serious injury or death from electrocution.

• Before you drive or operate in an area with high voltage lines, cables, or a power station, tell the power or utility company what you are going to do.

You MUST HAVE THE POWER DISCONNECTED OR KEEP A SAFE WORKING DISTANCE from the lines, cables, or power station.

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

• Keep all parts of the machine a safe distance

• Avoid lubrication or mechanical adjustments with

away from the power source. See the decal on the machine. You must also know any federal, state/provincial, or local safety codes or regulations that apply to the job site.

the machine in motion or the engine operating. If the engine must be in operation to make certain adjustments, place the transmission in neutral, apply the parking device, place the bucket/attachment in a safe position, securely block the wheels and use extreme caution.

If a part of the machine touches high voltage power: 1. Warn other workers NOT TO TOUCH THE MACHINE and to stay away from the machine.

2. If you can break contact, reverse the operation that caused contact with the high voltage power, and move the machine away from the danger area. If you cannot break contact stay in the machine until the utility company de-energizes the line and tells you that the power is off.

• If you have extreme conditions, such as a fire, etc., and you are forced to leave the machine, do not step off the machine. Jump as far from the machine as possible with your feet together and do not touch the ground with your hands.

• Do not operate the machine if you do not feel well. This can be dangerous for you and for the people around you.

• You must make a judgment if weather, road, or earth conditions will permit safe operation on a hill, ramp, or rough ground.

• Stay away from hazardous areas such as ditches, overhangs, etc. Walk around the work area before you start and look for hazards.

• Be alert and always know the location of all workers in your area. Keep all other persons completely away from your machine. Injury or death can result if you do not follow these instructions.

• Develop fluid and smooth operating techniques, and maintain the surface condition where the machine travels in order to control vibration transfer to the operator.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

• Do not attempt repairs unless trained. Refer to manuals and experienced repair personnel for help.

• Before you service the machine, put a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the key switch. Make sure that the machine is clearly “tagged out”.

• Wear protective glasses and other required

• Securely block the machine or any component that may fall before working on the machine or component. If possible, use a back up or secondary blocking device as well.

• To prevent unexpected movement, securely block working elements when repairing or changing working tool parts such as cutting edges.

• Never make repairs on pressurized components, fluid, gas or mechanical until the pressure has been relieved according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

• Use extreme caution when removing radiator, reservoir, or tank caps, drain plugs, grease fittings or pressure taps. Park the machine and let it cool before opening a pressurized tank.

• Release all pressure before working on systems which have an accumulator.

• Use a piece of cardboard, newspaper, or wood to check for any pressurized leaks to prevent fluid penetrating the skin. Pressurize accumulators with the proper gas according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

• When inflating tires, use a self-attaching inflation chuck with remote shutoff and stand clear of the tire. Position yourself beside the tire and not beside the rim.

• Towing this machine is not recommended.

• When absolutely necessary to tow the machine, do not exceed the recommended towing speed. Be sure the towing machine has sufficient braking capacity to stop the towed load. If the towed machine cannot be braked, a towbar must be used or two towing machines must be used - one in front pulling and one in the rear to act as a brake. Avoid towing over long distances.

• Observe proper maintenance procedures.

• Whenever servicing or replacing hardened pins, etc., use a brass drift or other suitable material between the hammer and pin. Alt: Use a brass hammer, drift or suitable material on the pin, etc.

safety equipment when servicing or repairing the machine.

• Keep the brakes and steering systems in good

• Wear gloves to protect hands when handling

• Replace all missing, illegible or damaged safety

cable.

• Disconnect the battery before working on the

operating condition. signs or decals as necessary. Keep all safety signs and decals clean and legible.

electrical system. Know the consequences of disconnecting any electronic or computer devices.

2-7

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

• When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the

FUEL HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

• Do not smoke or permit open flames while fueling or near fueling operations.

• Never remove the fuel cap or refuel gasoline or diesel engine powered machines with the engine running or hot. Never allow fuel to spill on hot machine components. Never allow spilled fuel to contaminate the environment.

• To avoid spilling fuel, maintain control of the fuel filler nozzle when filling the tank.

• Do not fill the fuel tank completely to the top.

battery can explode if, you try to charge the battery, or if you try to boost start and run the engine. To prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to keep the battery at full charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or others in the area can be injured.

• Hot coolant can spray out if the cooling system cap is removed. To remove the cap, let the cooling system cool, turn to the first notch, wait until the pressure is released, then remove the cooling system tank cap.

Allow room for expansion.

• Clean up spilled fuel immediately and dispose of contaminated material in an environmentally correct manner.

• Tighten the fuel tank cap securely. Should the fuel cap be lost, replace it only with the original manufacturer’s approved cap. Use of a non-approved cap without proper venting may result in pressurization of the tank.

• Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.

• Use the correct diesel fuel grade for the operating season.

Hot fluids jets:

• After operation, the engine cooling fluid is hot and pressurized. The engine, the cooler and the heating tubes contain hot water or steam. Contact with hot water or steam leaks can cause severe burns.

• Avoid any injury caused by jets of hot water. Do not remove the cooler cap until the engine is cold. When you open the cap, unscrew it up to its stop. Before removing the cap, discharge the entire pressure.

• The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Make sure to discharge the entire pressure before removing the cap.

BURN PREVENTION WARNING: BATTERY ACID CAUSES SEVERE BURNS. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.

Antidote: EXTERNAL - Flush with water.

Antidote: INTERNAL - Drink large quantities of water or milk.

DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.

EYES - Flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately.

WARNING: BATTERIES PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE GASES. Keep sparks, flame, cigars and cigarettes away. Ventilate when charging or using in enclosed area. Always wear eye protection when working near batteries. Wash hands after handling. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

M144B

2-8

Hot fluids and surfaces:

• The engine oil and the hydraulic system oil get hot during machine operation. The engine, the tubes and hoses and other components get hot.

• Wait for oil and component cooling before starting maintenance and repair works.

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL PRECAUTIONS

• If you are exposed to or come in contact with

2. Tighten the seat belt by pulling on the loose end of the right-hand seat belt.

hazardous chemicals you can be seriously injured.

The fluids, lubricants, paints, adhesives, coolants, etc., used with your machine can be hazardous.

• Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) provide information about the chemical substances within a product, safe handling procedures, first aid measures and procedures to be taken when the product is accidentally spilled or released. This information is available from your dealer.

• Before you service your machine, check the MSDS for each fluid, lubricant, etc., used in this machine. This information indicates what the risks are and how to service the machine safely. Follow this information when servicing the machine.

• Before you service this machine and before you dispose of the old fluids and lubricants, always remember the environment. DO NOT put oil or fluids into the ground or into containers that can leak.

• Check with your local environmental or recycling center or your information.

dealer

for

correct

disposal

TRANSPORTING PRECAUTIONS K n ow t h e r u l e s, l aw s, a n d s a fe t y e q u i p m e n t necessary for transporting this machine on a road or highway.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER It is recommended that you have a fire extinguisher on your machine. Contact your dealer for the type and location of a fire extinguisher on this machine.

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

BD06G176

Figure 5

1. To unlatch the seat belt, press the red button on the left-hand side latch mechanism.

WARNING: Before starting the engine insure seat belts are securely fastened. The seat belt can help insure your safety if it is used and properly maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system. Never wear the belt in a twisted condition or pinched between the seat structural members. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

M422A

WARNING: Securely fasten your seat belt.

Your machine is equipped with a ROPS cab, ROPS canopy or ROPS frame for your protection. The seat belt can help insure your safety if it is used and maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system. Never wear the belt in a twisted condition or pinched between the seat structural members. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

M437

1

2 BD06G176

Figure 4

1. RIGHT-HAND BELT STRAP 2. LATCH MECHANISM

1. Insert the metal end of the right-hand belt strap into the latch mechanism on the left-hand side of the seat.

2-9

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS SPECIFIC PRECAUTIONS TO THIS MACHINE

• Keep the load or bucket/attachment as low as possible while moving the machine around the jobsite.

• Never smoke while refueling.

LOADER LIFT ARM SUPPORT WARNING: If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut.

1. Empty the loader bucket, raise the loader lift arms to approximately 2.1 m (7 ft) and stop the engine.

2. Remove the support strut from the storage position by removing the retaining bolt.

3. Place the support strut onto the cylinder rod with guide lock tab on top of cylinder and pointing toward the bucket.

4. Install the retaining bolt entirely into the support strut using all threads.

5. Slowly lower the lift arms onto the support strut.

If you do not follow this procedure, you can cause death or serious injury if the loader lift arms are lowered unexpectedly.

M824

Figure 6

BD06G178

Figure 7

BD07A009

SUPPORT STRUT IN SERVICE POSITION

SUPPORT STRUT IN OPERATING POSITION

TRANSPORT SERVICE LINK

Figure 8

BD06G098

SERVICE LINK IN OPERATING POSITION

Figure 9

BD06G099

SERVICE LINK IN LOCKED POSITION

Prior to any maintenance, service work or transportation, lock the articulation transport service link. Remove the safety security pin to change positions of the service link.

2-10

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

DECALS WARNING: An illegible or missing decal can have far-reaching consequences. Inspect decals daily. Clean and replace damaged decals as necessary. Failure to comply can result in machine damage, injury, or death.

CE-NA000

WARNING: Make sure that the decals are perfectly legible, clean them regularly and replace decals that are destroyed, lost, painted over or no longer legible with new ones. When parts bearing decals are replaced, be sure to put new decals on each new part. Failure to comply can result in machine damage, injury, or death.

CE-NA000

NOTE: When you clean the decals, use only a cloth, water and soap. Do not use solvents, gasoline, etc.

NOTE: This chapter only covers decals relating to safety and machine operation and servicing. For information on all decals for the machine, consult your authorized dealer.

384270A1A

Figure 10

This symbol instructs you to refer the Operator’s Manual.

BC00G075

Figure 11

This symbol instructs you to refer to the Repair Manual.

2-11

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

1

1

BD07H043/386241A1

2-12

Figure 12

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

2

2

4

3

3

BD07H056/364917A1/256147A1/329051A1

4

Figure 13

2-13

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

5

5

6

7

6

BD07H045/333269A1/329050A1/329048A1

2-14

7

Figure 14

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

8

9

8

BD08C106/323695A1/407741A1

9

Figure 15

2-15

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

10

10

BD08C107/328903A1

2-16

Figure 16

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

12 11 13

12

BD08C108/333269A1/323695A1/87453136

12

13

Figure 17

2-17

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

14 15

14

BD007H067/333269A1/332511A1

2-18

15

Figure 18

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

16

16

BD07H051/329045A1

Figure 19

2-19

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

17

18

17

BD007H049/3342511A1/8603095

2-20

18

Figure 20

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

19

20

19

BD007H068/332511A1/334455A1

20

Figure 21

2-21

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

21

21

Figure 22

BD07H055/8603095

22

22

Figure 23

BD07G057/ 412476A1

ONE EACH SIDE

2-22

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

23

24

23

BD0H07047/388113A1/875987501

24

Figure 24

2-23

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

25

26

25

26

BD07H054/412426A1/328903A1

2-24

Figure 25

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

27

27

Figure 26

BD06G234/721E-3M024

29 28

29

28

BD07H052/8603095/E134402

Figure 27

2-25

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

30

30

Figure 28

BD06H061/408368A1/328753A1

31

31

BD07G061//139728A1

2-26

Figure 29

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

32 33

34

721E-3M024/721E-3M025/250501A1

Figure 30

32. 721E Sound Level 33. 721E Sound Interior 34. 721E Hitch Weight

2-27

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

35

36

37

821E-3M002/721E-3M025/250502A

35. 821E Sound Level 36. 821E Sound Interior 37. 821E Hitch Weight

2-28

Figure 31

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

R Ride control (If equipped)

Speed sign

Reflector 304083A1/1532083C1/123894A1

Figure 32

2-29

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS HAND SIGNALS When operating the machine, never attempt to carry out tasks calling for fine control or to work in areas where visibility is poor or impaired without seeking the assistance of a signalman. Make perfectly sure that you and the signalman understand the signals to be used.

Figure 33

BI97D059

START THE ENGINE

COME TO ME

Wave hands back and forth (palms inward).

2-30

STOP THE ENGINE

Figure 34

BP97D022

Figure 35

BI97D025

BP97D023

FIGURE 36

MOVE AWAY FROM ME

Wave hands back and forth (palms outward).

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

Figure 37

BP97D030

GO THIS FAR

ALL STOP AND HOLD

Figure 38

BI97D029

EMERGENCY STOP

Move both hands back and forth.

Figure 39 RAISE LOAD OR TOOL

Figure 41

BI97D021

STOP

Move one hand back and forth.

BI97D028

Figure 40

BP97D060

Figure 42

BI97D027

LOWER LOAD OR TOOL

2-31

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

Figure 43

BI97D020

RAISE LOAD OR TOOL SLOWLY

LOWER LOAD OR TOOL SLOWLY

Figure 44

BI97D034

Figure 46

BI97D026

Figure 47

BI97D033

TURN MACHINE LEFT SWING LOAD LEFT

TURN MACHINE RIGHT SWING LOAD RIGHT

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist.

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist.

Figure 45

BP97D057

RAISE BOOM

2-32

Figure 48

BI97D055

LOWER BOOM

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

Figure 49

BI97D041

RETRACT ARM

EXTEND ARM

Figure 50

BI97D054

FILL TOOL

Figure 51

BI97D032

Figure 52

BI97D031

EMPTY TOOL

2-33

CHAPTER 2 - SAFETY, AND DECALS

NOTES

2-34

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Chapter 3 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS TABLE OF CONTENTS ACCESS DOORS AND COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Hood Switch/Master Disconnect Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Steps and Hand Holds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Cab Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Inside Door Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Standard Operator’s Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Optional Air Ride Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Steering Wheel Tilt Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Transmission Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Foot Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Parking Brake Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Air Louvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 FRONT CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Critical Warning Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non - Critical Warning Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Multi-function Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Navigating Through the LCD Multi-function Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Viewing Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setting Trip Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Entering the Service Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selecting Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options and Preference Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-15 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-22 3-23 3-24 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-29 3-30

CONTROL LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Two Spool Valve - One Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Spool Valve - Two Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Spool valve - Three Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Four Spool Valve - Three Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wrist Rest Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-32 3-32 3-33 3-34 3-35 3-36

SIDE CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 CLIMATE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

3-1

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

NOTES

3-2

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

ACCESS DOORS AND COVERS HOOD SWITCH/MASTER DISCONNECT COVER

Figure 1

BD06F045

KEY CYLINDER LOCKS

The hood, left, and right side engine covers allow access to both engine sides, air cleaner and coolers.

A locking mechanism is provided for the hood switch cover. Use the machine key to open and close this cover.

HOOD SWITCH

BD06F043

Figure 2

3. The hood switch will automatically raise the hood o n t h e m a c h i n e . Ke e p a l l t o o l s , s e r v i c e equipment, and personnel away from the hood when opening and closing.

1. Insert the key. Make sure to completely insert the key for proper operation. Damage can occur to the key or locking mechanism if key is improperly inserted and turned.

2. After releasing the lock, remove the key and open the cover.

BD06F044

Figure 3

4. Push up on the switch to raise the hood. The switch will remain in the up position for hands free opening. To close the hood, push down on the switch. As a built in safety measure, the down control must be held in order to lower the hood.

WARNING: Before undertaking any travel, make sure the side doors are properly closed.

Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

CE-NA000

WARNING: Keep hands clear of the hood as it closes. Keep all personnel clear of the hood as it closes. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

3-3

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS If the machine has no power or the battery is too low for the hood switch to function:

3. Raise the hood manually with a suitable hoist.

Block for safety. Do not allow the hood to swing over any personnel.

WARNING: When raising the hood manually use suitable blocking equipment and watch for sharp edges on machine. Failure to comply could result in machine damage, injury or death.

MASTER ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT SWITCH BD06G174

Figure 4

1. Use booster battery cables to provide power.

Connect the positive booster cable to the cab B+ junction post, located behind the right side cab access door.

NOTE: This machine is equipped with a 24-volt system. Use appropriate booster battery equipment.

2. Connect the negative cable to a proper ground.

The hood may now be operated at the switch.

WARNING: Do not use this procedure to start the engine. Attempting to jump start the engine from this location may cause electrical and/or harness damage to the machine.

If the machine has power, but the actuator is not functioning:

BD06F043

Figure 6

The master electrical disconnect switch has two positions: ON and OFF. MASTER ELECTRICAL SWITCH ON The master disconnect switch in the ON position energizes the entire electrical system. When the master disconnect BS00A2037 switch is ON and the key switch is OFF, the dome lamp, horn, stop lamps, four-way flashers, and rotary light switch are powered and functional.

MASTER ELECTRICAL SWITCH OFF In the OFF position, all machine power is interrupted.

BS00A017

BD03A229

Figure 5

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on firm, level ground, lower the attachment. Put the transmission in neutral and apply the parking brake. Turn the engine off.

2. Remove the two actuator mounting bolts at the left rear of the machine just in front of the battery compartment.

3-4

IMPORTANT: DO NOT use the master electrical disconnect switch to stop the engine.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

CAB IMPORTANT: for total safety of use, in case of fire the machine cab has been designed to prevent flame propagation and to limit combustion, pursuant to European standard ISO 3795.

CAB DOOR

STEPS AND HAND HOLDS WARNING: Always maintain three point support while getting on and off the machine and entering or exiting the operator’s cab. A three point support system has been provided that enables a person to use simultaneously two hands and one foot or two feet and one hand while ascending, descending or moving about the machine.

Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

DOOR HANDLE AND DOOR LOCK

CE-NA000

WARNING: Clean the steps and hand holds and remove all traces of grease, oil, mud, and ice in winter. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

CE-NA000

Figure 8

BD06H085-01

Use the key to lock or unlock door from outside the machine. Use the door handle to open the door from the outside.

To lock in place, open the door completely until it latches in place against the cab. To close the door, use the door release knob.

IMPORTANT: The cab door must be locked into the full open or full closed position before using the door hand hold.

NOTE: The key provided with the machine can be used to lock and unlock the various panels and to activate the engine starter switch functions.

INSIDE DOOR LATCH

BD06F163

Figure 7

When getting down from or getting onto the machine, use the steps and hand holds. Use at least three points of suppor t when getting on and off the machine. The cab door must be locked into the full open or full closed position before using the door hand hold.

BD06H086

Figure 9

To secure the door in the open position, push the door back until the door locks on the door catch at the rear of the cab.

Push the latch to open the door from the inside.

WARNING: Always lock the cab doors in the full open or full closed position before using the hand holds on them.

3-5

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS WINDOW LATCH

1 Figure 12

BD06F158

Figure 10

BD06G177

1. LIFT TO OPEN

To release the window from the full open position, pull on the window release in the right hand rear corner of the cab.

EMERGENCY EXIT

3 2

BD06G093

Figure 11

2. LATCH PIN 3. HOLD LATCH

The window can be kept partially open by lifting the hold latch and sliding it back on the latch pin until the hold latch locks in the latch pin.

The window may be opened and locked against the side of the cab. To open and lock the window, pull the hold latch toward the rear of the cab when the window is partially open. This will unlatch the window and allow the window to swing back against the cab and lock in place.

3-6

Figure 13

BD06F177

EMERGENCY EXIT

The right hand window of the cab can be used as an emergency exit. Be proactive and open and close the emergency window exit as a safety measure to become familiar with its operation.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS STANDARD OPERATOR’S SEAT

1 4

Figure 14

BD06F051

1. LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT KNOB: Turn the knob clockwise to increase the lumbar support. Turn the knob counterclockwise to decrease the lumbar support.

BD06F052

Figure 17

4. SLIDE ADJUSTMENT LEVER: Pull the slide adjustment lever up and adjust the seat forward or backward as required. Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

2 2

Figure 15

BD06F047

2. ARMREST HEIGHT CONTROL ADJUSTMENT: Turn the knob to raise or lower the armrest to the desired position.

NOTE: Each armrest will pivot to the up position.

BD06F048

Figure 18

5. WEIGHT ADJUSTMENT KNOB: To adjust the seat for your weight, pull the release lever away from the knob. Use the release lever to turn the knob clockwise to increase the weight resistance. Turn the knob counterclockwise to decrease the weight resistance. Adjust the seat to operator preference and comfort.

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT, STANDARD SEAT:

3

BD06F046

Lift the seat all the way up, drop the seat to the lowest position. Lift the seat to the desired position. The seat will lock into accepted position.

Figure 16

3. RECLINER ADJUSTMENT HANDLE: Lift up on handle, move the backrest to the desired position, release the handle to lock in position.

3-7

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS OPTIONAL AIR RIDE SEAT

1

2

4 Figure 21

BD06G182.

Figure 19

BD06G181

1. LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT KNOB: Turn the knob clockwise to increase the lumbar support. Turn the knob counterclockwise to decrease the lumbar support.

4. SLIDE ADJUSTMENT LEVER: Pull the slide adjustment lever, and adjust the seat forward or backward as required. Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

2. ARMREST HEIGHT CONTROL ADJUSTMENT: Turn the knob to raise or lower the armrest to the desired position.

NOTE: Each armrest will pivot to the up position.

5 BD06G182

5. HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT HANDLE:

3

BD06F046

Figure 22

Figure 20

3. RECLINER ADJUSTMENT HANDLE: Lift up on the handle, move the backrest to the desired position, release the handle to lock the backrest in position.

A. (Automatic Adjustment): With the operator sitting in the seat, lift the handle UP until the desired height is reached. Release the height adjustment tab. Perform a “hop” movement, briefly removing weight from the seat, then regain sitting position and reapply weight. This will reset the height latch.

B. To lower the seat, push down and hold the height adjustment tab until the desired height is reached. Release the height adjustment tab and perform the “hop” movement, briefly removing weight from the seat, then regain sitting position and reapply weight. This will reset the height latch.

NOTE: If the “hop” movement is not performed, the seat will return to its former latch point.

C. (Manual Adjustment): The seat can be raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the air pressure in the seat. Lift the handle UP to increase the air pressure. Push the handle DOWN to decrease the air pressure and lower the seat.

3-8

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SEAT BELT

6 7

BD06G182.

Figure 23

6. SEAT DEPTH HANDLE: Lift handle up and move the cushion to the desired position. Release the handle to lock the cushion in place.

7. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTMENT HANDLE: Lift up on the handle. Move the seat to the desired angle. Release the handle to lock the cushion angle.

RD97F225

Figure 25

The seat belt must be worn and properly adjusted before starting the machine.

Insert the metal end of the right-hand belt strap into the latch mechanism on the left-hand side of the seat. Tighten the seat belt by pulling on the loose end of the right hand seat belt.

8

RD97F226 BD06G183

Figure 24

8. RIDE CUSHION ADJUSTMENT LEVER

Figure 26

To unlatch, press the red button on the left-hand side latch mechanism.

The seat suspension can be adjusted to various operating conditions in order to gain the most comfortable ride for the operator.

The cushion adjustment lever has four positions from soft to hard in order to allow for maximum comfort over varying or rough terrain.

The first adjustment is with the small end of the adjustment lever pointing toward the front of the seat, as shown. The other three adjustments can be obtained by rotating the small end of the adjustment l ev e r o u t a w ay f r o m t h e s e a t . E a c h o f t h e adjustments has a slight detent.

3-9

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS FOOT PEDALS

BD06F161

Figure 27 BD06H104

STEERING WHEEL TILT CONTROL The steering wheel tilt control allows the steering wheel to be adjusted to multiple positions. Pull the handle up, and adjust the steering wheel to the correct and most comfortable angle. Release the control to hold in that position. Tilt the steering wheel completely up when leaving the machine. Always adjust the steering wheel to the correct position before starting the engine.

TRANSMISSION CONTROL LEVER The transmission control lever is used to shift the transmission gears from first through fourth gear.

Turn the transmission control lever away from you to select a higher gear. Turn the lever toward you to select a lower gear. This control lever is also used to put the transmission in FORWARD, NEUTRAL, and REVERSE (F-N-R).

BRAKE PEDAL The brake pedal will actuate the machine brakes when pushed.

NOTE: The pedal will work in conjunction with the transmission declutch switch for more efficient braking. See Declutch Switch in Operating Instructions- Chapter 4 for further information.

IMPORTANT: On steep slopes using the down shift mode of the transmission is recommended to aid braking and to help prevent brake overheating and premature disc wear.

NOTE: When the machine is shut off, the parking brake is automatically set.

BD06H104 BD06F160

Figure 28

A. Move the control lever away from you for FORWARD. B. The center position of the control lever is NEUTRAL. C. M ove t h e c o n t r o l l eve r t owa r d yo u fo r REVERSE. The F-N-R function of the transmission control lever may be moved to the loader control lever for operating efficiency.

3-10

Figure 29

Figure 30

FOOT THROTTLE Push the foot throttle to increase engine speed.

When the pedal is released the engine runs at low idle.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS PARKING BRAKE

PARKING BRAKE RELEASE NOTE: The service brake must be at operating pressure before the parking brake can be released to move the machine. The brake pressure indicator lamp must not be illuminated when disengaging the parking brake. Attempting to move the machine prior to the service brake pressures being sufficient causing low operating pressure can result in premature parking brake pad wear.

Using transmission Forward-Neutral-Reverse (FNR) control on the left side of steering column All the following steps are required: BD06F099

Figure 31

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH Make sure the machine has come to a complete stop before applying the parking brake.

The parking brake button engages the parking brake on the transmission output shaft.

IMPORTANT: The parking brake is a spring applied, hydraulic released brake which is applied to the drive shaft. It will effectively hold the machine in place when used correctly.

1. Service brake pressure must be at operating pressure.

2. Transmission control lever must be in neutral.

3. Push down on the bottom of the parking brake switch to release the parking brake switch.

NOTE: If the parking brake was NOT set when the machine was turned off, the parking brake switch must be cycled at step 3.

4. Place the transmission control lever in either FORWARD or REVERSE to move the machine.

ENGAGING THE PARKING BRAKE To engage the parking brake, move the gearshift lever to neutral N, stop the machine and engage the brake by pushing down on the top of the switch. The parking brake will automatically engage when the machine is shut off.

IMPORTANT: A failure in the operating procedure or a failure in the electrical or hydraulic function can result in abrupt engagement of the parking brake.

Always wear your seat belt.

BD06H025

Figure 32

Using transmission Forward-Neutral-Reverse (FNR) control on the hydraulic controller lever All the following steps are required: 1. Service brake pressure must be at operating pressure.

2. Left side FNR of transmission control lever must be in Neutral.

3. Right side FNR switch must be in Neutral.

4. Machine speed must be zero.

5. Engine must be running.

3-11

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Figure 33

BD06089-04

6. Push down on the top of the transmission enable switch. (The switch is located on the side console.) The indicator light on the bottom of the enable switch will illuminate when activated.

7. Push down on the bottom of the parking brake switch to release the parking brake. This must occur within 8 seconds of Enable. (If the parking brake was NOT set when the machine was turned off, the parking brake switch must be cycled at this step).

8. Place the right side FNR switch in either FORWARD or REVERSE to move the machine.

(This must occur within 8 seconds of Enable).

BD06F155

Figure 35

KEY SWITCH The key switch has four positions: ACCESSORY POSITION This position will energize the optional radio only. It will not energize the instruments or start the engine.

OFF POSITION In this position, all switch controlled current is OFF. Turn the key to OFF to stop the engine. Remove the key and turn the Master Disconnect Switch to OFF. ON POSITION This position will energize all electrical systems. The key will return to this position after you release the key from the START position.

START POSITION Turn the key to this position to engage the starter motor to start the engine. The switch is spring loaded and will return to the ON position when released.

HORN AND TURN SIGNAL

1 RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)

2

Figure 34

BD06F157

(1) HORN: Push the horn lever in to actuate the horn.

BC00B064

IMPORTANT: Always sound the horn prior to starting the machine.

(2) TURN SIGNAL LEVER

BC00B087

3-12

Push the control lever up to signal a left turn. Pull the lever down to signal a right turn. The lever must be moved manually to the center position to stop the signals.

BD06F053

Figure 36

A radio (if equipped) is available for this machine from your dealer. Refer to the radio manufacturer’s instructions for correct operation.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS AIR LOUVERS MAIN AIR LOUVERS

RECIRCULATION AIR LOUVER The recirculation air louvers are behind the operator’s seat next to the floor. When open, air is recirculated in the cab.

NOTE: Always have these louvers open for maximum cooling with the air conditioning or maximum heat with the heater.

Figure 37

BD06F159

MAIN LOUVERS

The louvers on the console direct air flow toward the operator or toward the front window.

1

2

Figure 39

BD06F095

Loosen knob (1) and remove cover to access recirculation filter (2).

DEFROST AIR LOUVERS The upper louvers under the front windshield on the console and the louvers on the cab supports direct the air flow to defrost the windows. Additional louvers are located on the cab support posts.

Figure 38

BD06G096

LOUVERS

Louvers on the right and left hand cab supports direct air toward the operator.

Adjustments can be made to direct the air flow of the louvers.

To get maximum air flow on the windows, close all other louvers and turn the blower fan to the highest speed.

If a fogging condition occurs, make sure the recirculation air louvers are CLOSED. If equipped with air conditioning, turn the air conditioning ON and turn the heat control completely clockwise.

Figure 40

BD06F159

DEFROST LOUVERS

3-13

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

FRONT CONSOLE

1

2

Figure 41

BD07G075

1. PILOT CONTROL SWITCH:

BC00B048

Push on the left hand side of the switch to disable the pilot controls, the pilot control lamp will illuminate when the hydraulic control levers are disabled. The loader linkage will stay in position when the pilot controls are disabled. Push on the right hand side of the switch to actuate the pilot controls. The hydraulic control levers will now function.

2. FOUR-WAY FLASHER SWITCH: Push the left hand side of the flasher switch to actuate the flashers. Push the right hand side of the flasher switch for the OFF position.

BC00B087

3-14

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER The instrument cluster will check each monitored system when you turn the key switch to the ON position. All LED’s (Light Emitting Diodes) will illuminate, and the warning alarm will sound for three seconds. At the end of this check all monitored systems will return to normal operation. If there is an open circuit between a sensor and the instrument cluster, on some circuits the LED will flash and the warning alarm will sound for 5 seconds.

IMPORTANT: If during operation, the stop master warning lamp (on front console) flashes and the warning alarm is continuous, stop the machine, stop the engine, and find the problem.

3

4

2

5 6

1 1

Figure 42

BD06F096-6

1. FOUR-WAY FLASHER AND TURN SIGNALS INDICATOR: The green indicator lamps will flash when a turn is signaled or when the four-way flashers are activated.

BS96H047

2.BRAKE PRESSURE INDICATOR: This indicator illuminates when the brake system pressure is too low. The alarm sounds continuously and the stop master indicator will be red.

BC00B108

Stop the machine and correct the problem.

3.LAMP INDICATOR: This indicator illuminates when the driving high beam lamps are ON.

BS03K046

4.ENGINE GRID HEATER INDICATOR (IF EQUIPPED):

BCN02191

To start the engine, turn the key switch to the ON position. The indicator illuminates when the engine grid heater is operating. Wait until the indicator light is OFF before attempting to start the engine. The indicator light may come on again during cranking and shortly after the engine starts for post heating of the air to allow for smooth running conditions and cold weather warm-up.

5. SECONDARY STEERING INDICATOR (IF EQUIPPED): This indicator illuminates when the primary steering system pressure is too low. The alarm sounds continuously and the stop master indicator turns red.

BC00B111

NOTE: If this situation occurs, stop the machine immediately and contact your dealer.

6.PARKING BRAKE INDICATOR:

BS96H049

This indicator illuminates when the parking brake is applied. When the parking brake is applied and the transmission is shifted into FORWARD or REVERSE, the alarm sounds and the caution master indicator turns yellow.

3-15

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 6. STOP MASTER INDICATOR (RED, CRITICAL):

INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS

BC00B290

The Stop Master Indicator is a critical warning display. See Critical Warning Displays.

CRITICAL WARNING DISPLAY

6

When th e Stop M aster Indicato r illum inates, IMMEDIATELY bring the machine safely to a stop, and turn the engine OFF. Failure to do so may result in personal injury and/or damage to the machine.

Figure 43

BD06F096-2

The following table is a listing of critical warning displays that may appear on the instrument cluster and the corrective action that is required. When a fault occurs, a continuous audible alarm will sound and the Stop Master Indicator will be RED. A warning message will be displayed in the message area.

CRITICAL WARNINGS Display

Description

Corrective Action

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

Low Engine Oil Pressure

Bring the machine to a safe stop, and turn the engine OFF immediately.

Contact your Dealer.

BRAKE PRESSURE

Low Brake Pressure

Bring the machine to a safe stop, and turn the engine OFF immediately.

Contact your Dealer.

STEERING PRESSURE (W/AUX STEERING)

Low Steering Pressure

Bring the machine to a safe stop, and turn the engine OFF immediately.

Contact your Dealer.

COOLANT TEMPERATURE

High Engine Coolant Temperature

Bring the machine to a safe stop, and turn the engine OFF immediately.

Check the coolant levels after allowing the engine and the coolant to cool.

Contact your Dealer.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE

High Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Bring the machine to a safe stop, and turn the engine OFF immediately.

Contact your Dealer.

TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE

High Transmission Oil Temperature

Bring the machine to a safe stop, and turn the engine OFF immediately.

Contact your Dealer.

3-16

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 7. CAUTION MASTER INDICATOR (YELLOW, NON-CRITICAL):

INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS

BC00B291

T h e C a u t i o n M a s t e r I nd i c a t o r i s a non-critical warning display. See Non Critical Warning Displays.

NON - CRITICAL WARNING DISPLAYS When the caution is “ON”, change your operating method, schedule a shutdown for maintenance, or if the condition persists, contact your dealer. The following table is a listing of warning displays that may appear on the instrument cluster and the corrective action required.

7

Figure 44

BD06F096

When a fault occurs, an audible alarm will sound for 3 seconds and the Caution Master Indicator will be YELLOW. The caution message will be displayed in the message area. If this occurs, return the machine to a service position, and turn the engine off, and take corrective action to help avoid expensive repairs.

NON - CRITICAL WARNINGS Display

Description

Corrective Action

PARKING BRAKE

Parking Brake engaged and machine shifted Forward or Reverse

Release the parking brake.

COOLANT TEMPERATURE

High engine coolant temperature

1. Idle machine and monitor temperature.

2. Clean radiator or operate fan reverser (If equipped).

3. Check coolant level and add coolant if necessary.

4. If condition persists, contact your dealer.

HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE

High hydraulic temperature

1. Idle machine and monitor temperature.

2. Clean cooler or operate fan reverser (If equipped).

3. Check hydraulic fluid level.

4. If condition persists, contact your dealer.

TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE

High transmission temperature

1. Idle machine and monitor temperature.

2. Clean cooler or operate fan reverser (If equipped).

3. Use a lower gear.

4. If condition persists, contact your dealer.

AIR FILTER

High air filter restriction

1. Clean air filter.

2. Replace primary and secondary filters.

3. If condition persists, contact your dealer.

TRANSMISSION FILTER

Transmission filter restriction

1. Replace transmission filter.

2. If condition persists, contact your dealer.

HYDRAULIC FILTER

Hydraulic filter restriction

1. Replace hydraulic filter(s).

2. If condition persists, contact your dealer.

ALTERNATOR

Alternator malfunction

1. Check electrical system.

2. Voltages are out of range.

3. Change operating procedure.

4. If condition persists, contact your dealer.

FUEL

Low fuel

Fill fuel tank - do not allow tank to totally empty.

3-17

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS 8. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE

8 BC00B291

T h e C a u t i o n M a s t e r In d i c a t o r i s a non-critical warning display. See Non Critical Warning Displays.

The transmission oil temperature gauge indicates the oil temperature of the transmission. Normal operating t e m p e ra t u r e i s i n t h e gr e e n zo n e. W h e n th e transmission oil temperature increases, the gauge will move into the yellow zone, the warning alarm sounds for three seconds, and the caution master indicator tur ns yellow. When the temperature continues to increase the gauge moves into the red zone, the warning alarm will sound continuously, and the stop master indicator turns red. DO NOT operate the machine when the temperature is in the red zone.

Figure 45

BD06F096A .

TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE Gauge Indication

Condition

Master Indicator

Gauge Status

Alarm Status

20 °C and below (68 °F and below)

Oil temperature is very low

Caution (Yellow)

Flashes

3 Seconds

20 ° to 120 °C (68 ° to 248 °F)

Oil temperature is normal

120 ° to 125 °C (248 ° to 257 °F) (See the note below.)

Oil temperature is high

Caution (Yellow)

Flashes

3 Seconds

125 °C and above (257 °F and above)

Oil temperature is very high

Stop (Red)

Flashes

Continuous

NOTE: To prevent damage to the transmission, stop the machine, shift the transmission to NEUTRAL, and run the engine at full throttle until the transmission cools. If the transmission oil temperature does not return to normal operating temperature, run the engine at idle speed, and check the transmission oil level. Correct the problem before continuing to operate the machine.

3-18

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS

9

Figure 46

BD06F096

9. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE: The hydraulic oil temperature gauge indicates the oil temperature of the hydraulic system. Normal operating temperature is in the green zone. When the hydraulic oil temperature increases the gauge will move into the yellow zone, the warning alarm sounds for three seconds, and the caution master indicator turns yellow. When the temperature continues to increase the gauge moves into the red zone and the warning alarm sounds continuously.

The stop master indicator turns red. DO NOT operate the machine when the temperature is in the red zone.

9

Figure 47

BD06F096B

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE Gauge Indication

Condition

Master Indicator

Gauge Status

Alarm Status

20 °C and below (68 °F and below)

Hydraulic oil temperature is very low

Caution (Yellow)

Flashes

3 Seconds

20 ° to 105 °C (68 ° to 221 °F)

Hydraulic oil temperature is normal

105 ° to 110 °C (221 ° to 230 °F) (See note below.)

Hydraulic oil temperature is high

Caution (Yellow)

Flashes

3 Seconds

110 °C and above (230 °F and above)

Hydraulic oil temperature very high

Stop (Red)

Flashes

Continuous

NOTE: Do not operate the machine if the indicator turns red and the alarm sounds continuously. Stop the machine and correct the problem.

3-19

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS

10

Figure 48

BD06F096

10. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE: The fuel level gauge indicates the fuel level.

Normal operating range is in the green zone. When the tank is almost empty the BS98M034 gauge will move into the yellow zone and the fuel indicator will begin to flash, the warning alarm sounds for three seconds, and the caution master indicator turns yellow.

10

IMPORTANT: Do not allow the machine to run completely out of fuel.

Figure 49

BD06F96B

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE Gauge Indication

Condition

Master Indicator

Gauge Status

Alarm Status

10 percent and below

Fuel level low

Caution (Yellow)

Flashes

3 Seconds

10 percent and above

Fuel level normal

WARNING: If the machine runs out of fuel, do not attempt to work on pressurized hydraulic lines.

Lines are under high pressure. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

3-20

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS

11

Figure 50

BD06F096

11. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE: The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates the coolant temperature of the engine.

BS98H053 Normal operating temperature is in the green zone. When the engine coolant temperature increases the gauge will move into the yellow zone, and the warning alarm sounds for three seconds. The caution master indicator turns yellow.

When the temperature continues to increase the gauge moves into the red zone and the warning alar m sounds continuously. The stop master indicator turns red. DO NOT operate the machine when the temperature is in the red zone.

11

Figure 51

BD06F096A

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE Gauge Indication

Condition

Master Indicator

Gauge Status

Alarm Status

20 °C and below (68 °F and below)

Coolant temperature is very low

Caution (Yellow)

Flashes

3 Seconds

20 ° to 105 °C (68 ° to 221 °F)

Coolant temperature is normal

105 ° to 110 °C (221 ° to 230 °F)

Coolant temperature is high

Caution (Yellow)

Flashes

3 Seconds

Coolant temperature is very high

Stop (Red)

Flashes

Continuous

110 °C and above (230 °F and above) (See the note below.)

NOTE: Do not operate the machine if the indicator turns red and the alarm sounds continuously. Stop the machine and correct the problem.

3-21

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS LCD MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

1

2

3 A

B Figure 53

BD06F185A

Figure 52

BD06F097A

LCD MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

The LCD Multi-Function Display (liquid crystal display) is located at the center of the modular dashboard. On start up, the console indicator lamps will momentarily flash. The LCD Multi-Display will flash Case along with the machine model. The initial standard driving screen will then appear. Once operator preferences are set, the screen will reflect those selections.

NOTE: Upon initial startup, the operator can push the return/escape key, and the language selection screen will appear immediately. This allows the operator to make a language selection without having to use an unknown language to scroll through to preferences.

TYPICAL LCD MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

Information will be displayed in three zones on the LCD, as directed by the operator or machine. In most situations the operator or technician will be given specific information prompts to follow if conditions are not correct.

1. Zone One: The top section of the LCD display will show the machine hours, speed, or RPM’s.

The display is controlled by machine technology and geared toward operator preferences. The screen shown above is the default screen.

In the example shown, the machine hours are d i s p l aye d . M a c h i n e h o u r s w i l l a l way s b e displayed briefly on start up. After the machine is started, the display will change to show engine RPM’s. When the machine is moving, this area will change to show speed or RPM’s. The operator can make a preference selection, programming the screen to show MPH, km/h, or RPM’s.

2. Zone Two: This center of the display is dedicated to transmission signals. The example above shows the transmission control lever in neutral (N), the gear numerically (4th), and the automatic transmission mode (A).

Fault codes will be displayed in Zone 2. As an example this section may list transmission fault codes. If the transmission is not operating correctly the display may show: • C - Substitute clutch • L - Limp home • S - Transmission shutdown • U - Transmission control unit shutdown 3. Zone Three: The lower section of the LCD display is divided in two sections. The left hand section indicates if the gearbox is clutched or unclutched. It also indicates the power mode Max/Std/Auto/Eco. The example above displays Auto.

The right hand section (B) displays the clock.

Time can be set in either 12 or 24 hour increments.

3-22

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS NAVIGATING THROUGH THE LCD MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY SCREENS

A

USING THE ARROW KEYS

C

At any time during operation or with the key switch on, the operator may scroll through three information screens and two trip screens by using the arrow keys. These five screens are in a circular loop and may be accessed by pressing the up or down key.

The following sequence shown uses the down key only.

NOTE: Pressing the escape key will return the LCD back to the normal driving screen. In order to lock the changes into memory, the operator must press the confirm key, then use the escape key to return to the main screen. Turning the machine off will also lock the settings into memory.

B

D Figure 54

BD06F186A

KEY PAD

The key pad is located on the console just below the steering wheel. Use this key pad to move from one screen to another, choose various selections, m o n i to r t h e m a c h i n e fu n ct i o n s, a n d r e t r i eve information.

All selections made with the computer ized technology of the LCD screen are essentially programmed in the same manner.

When using the screen, use the arrow keys (C and D) to scroll to the desired selection, highlight that selection and press the confirm/enter key (B).

BD06F188

Figure 55

From the driving screen, push the down arrow, as shown.

Follow any screen prompts when given and use the confirm key to enter the selection. Use the escape key (A) to return to the main menu. This will lock the chosen selection into memory.

All functions can be accessed in the same basic manner.

A. Escape key: Use this key to exit and return to the driving screen. This key can be used anytime to start over and begin again or to exit a field. It can also be used to electronically check fault codes.

B. Enter/Confirm key: Use this key to confirm selec tions : After selec tions have been highlighted, use the enter/confirm key to choose selections.

C. Up arrow key: Use this key to scroll up to selections.

D. Down arrow key: Use this key to scroll down to selections.

NOTE: Arrows on the screen will indicate if selections are up or down from the current selection.

3-23

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS VIEWING SCREENS

BD06F170 BD06F183

Figure 56

Info 1 is the first information screen displayed when using the down arrow from the driving screen. It displays engine RPM’s, speed, fuel level, and the voltage level.

BD06F169 BD06F027C

Figure 57

Press the down key again to display Info 2 screen.

This screen will display coolant temperature, turbocharger air temperature, engine oil temperature in either Farenheit or Celsius, as well as oil pressure PSI.

Figure 59

Press the down key again and the Trip 2 screen will display. The LCD provides two trip computers. These will display since last reset the total time in hours, the total fuel, and the average fuel consumption per hour.

Figure 60

By continuing to scroll down, the fifth screen will display the Trip 1 screen. Trip 1 and Trip 2 screens can be reset independently.

BD06F170

Figure 61

The previous screen can be accessed by using the up arrow key.

BD06F184

Figure 58

Push the down key again to display the Info 3 screen.

This screen displays the temperature in Farenheit or Celsius of the transmission oil, hydraulic oil, sump oil, and radiator coolant temperature.

3-24

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SETTING TRIP SCREENS

BD06F172 BD06F170

Figure 62

Highlight the trip screen you wish to set. (Capacity can be set in U.S. gallons, Imperial gallons, or metric liters when setting measurement preferences).

BD06F187A

Figure 64

The trip screen will indicate a reset message. At this screen, press the confirm key to clear the numbers and reset the trip information. The current date and time will display automatically. The hours, fuel consumption, and fuel used per hour will reset and revert to zero.

Figure 63

Press the confirm key to reset to the desired trip screen.

BD06H108

Figure 65

Press the escape key to return to the main driving screen and lock settings into memory. The screen will begin to record time and fuel usage immediately.

3-25

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS ENTERING THE SERVICE SCREENS After the machine has been started or the key switch has been turned to ON, the operator or service technician may use this service menu to adjust machine configurations to working conditions, to test components, view faults that may have occurred, or to select preferences.

5. Clock Menu

• • • • •

Hour Minute Day Month Year

6. Cluster Hardware Menu

• • • •

Hardware Part Number Hardware Serial Number Hardware ID Hardware Version

7. Cluster Software Menu BD06F177A

Figure 66

Press and hold the confirm key for two seconds to arrive at the select service screen. The arrow keys can be used to scroll through menu selections.

Items and selections in this menu are: 1. Power Mode Menu

• Max - Maximum power possible • Standard - Normal operation • Auto - Will cycle between maximum and standard automatically

• Eco - Limited power for economy 2. Preferences Menu

• Language - English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish

• Units - Metric, English, Imperial • Clock - 24 or 12 hour increments 3. Options Menu

• • • •

Fan Auto - manual or automatic Idle Auto - manual or automatic

3-26

Software Part Number Software Serial Number Software ID Software Version

8. Configuration Menu

• Change Model Number (indicates cluster serial number, not machine serial number)*

• • • • • • •

Slct Tires (Select tire size, etc.)

Calibrate clutch * Gear Limits (choose gear selection)* Park Brake (Park brake test)* Cold Start (choose cold start system)* Fan Test (sound level) Special (Reset error/factory set)*

*The tests in the configuration menu should be performed only by a qualified operator or technician, as some tests require the engine to be running at high RPM’s.

Show RPM Show MPH or KPH

4. Display Menu

• • • •

• • • •

Day Display Day LED Night Display Night LED

NOTE: Pressing the escape key will return the LCD back to the normal driving screen.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SELECT SCREEN

SELECTING POWER MODES

The select screen will allow you to make time s e t t i n g s a s w e l l a s g i ve a c c e s s t o m a c h i n e information. Navigate this screen also by highlighting your selection and pressing confirm. This will allow you to change clock settings or view the hardware and software screens. No operator changes can be made to the hardware or software screens.

The power mode allows the operator to choose the most effective machine power for the current job conditions. Idling can be changed from automatic to a fixed rate.

Most commonly Auto is chosen, as the power will automatically incre ase or decrease be twee n maximum power and standard power while the machine is working. This allows for maximum power if necessary, but will switch to standard mode for economy. Maximum power can be chosen for more severe work conditions. Economy can be chosen for limited power and fuel efficiency.

Press and hold the confirm key for two seconds to arrive at the service screen.

BD06F192

Figure 67

NOTE: Pressing the escape key will return the LCD back to the normal driving screen. In order to lock the changes into memory, the operator must press the confirm key, then use the escape key to page back to the main screen. Turning the machine off will also lock the settings into memory.

BD06F177A

Figure 68

At the screen shown above, highlight the power mode, and press the confirm key to move to the Power Mode Selection Menu.

3-27

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS ESCAPING FROM ERRORS NOTE: Selecting options and navigating through the screen menus are the same for all functions. The display will tell the operator if errors have occurred.

BD06F178

Figure 69

At the Power Mode Menu press the confirm key again to activate the selections. The highlighted section will flash to indicate a new selection can be made.

Press the up or down key to select the Power Mode, and then press the confirm key. Use the escape key to return to the main driving screen and to lock the mode selection into memory.

Confirming the Selected Mode The selected mode will display in zone 3 (bottom) of the Multi-Function Display when power mode is correctly selected.

3-28

BD06F176

Figure 70

Should an error message display, press the escape key and begin again.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS OPTIONS AND PREFERENCE SCREENS CLOCK Setting The Hour and Date From the select screen, choose the clock designation and press the confirm key. Use the arrow keys to show field for time and date by pressing the arrow key. When the correct time and date have been entered by using the up and down arrow keys (up increases the numbers - down decreases the numbers), press the confirm key to lock in correct time. Press the escape key to return to the main driving screen and lock selections into memory.

DISPLAY MENU BD06F179

Figure 71

LANGUAGE SCREEN, MEASUREMENT UNITS, AND CLOCK The LCD screen can be set with language, measurements, and/or clock preferences. Use the arrow keys to scroll to the preferences menu. Press the confirm key on the correct selection. Press the escape key to return to the main driving screen and lock the selection into memory.

The display menu can be used to change the background and brightness of the screen. Use the arrow keys to make your selection from the display menu and press the confirm key until the screen rever ts to the main driving screen to lock the selection into memory. The screen display can be changed to suit working conditions. The screen will change to night function illumination when the head lamps are turned on.

Choose the preferences desired: language in English, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, German, French; measurement units in metric, English, or Imperial; and clock units in 12 or 24 hour cycles.

Highlight the preference you wish to change and press the confirm key. The preference will flash and allow you to scroll through the choices. When the correct preference is chosen, press the confirm key, then use the escape key to return to the main driving screen in order to lock the preference into memory.

3-29

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS AUTO IDLE (If Equipped) Idling can be changed from automatic to a fixed rate.

The fixed idle rate is defined as standard idle at 900 RPM. Highlight the auto idle selection by using the arrow keys, then press confirm. This will allow you to scroll through the idle choices. When you have made the selection, lock the selection into memory by pressing the confirm key and returning to the main screen with the escape key. Most commonly auto idle is used as the standard idle selection.

RPMS/SPEEDOMETER BD06F180

Figure 72

OPTIONS MENU Use the arrow keys to choose the options menu.

Press the confirm key, and the options sub-menu will appear. The options menu will allow the operator to choose options for the fan, grid heater, etc.

FAN AUTO (If Equipped) The fan will run at maximum speed with no reversal in the default mode. Automatic is the more common or preferred setting. It will switch between high, low, or reverse as conditions require depending on actual temperature of the coolant, turbocharger air, transmission oil, and hydraulic oil.

The operator can choose fan speed or reversing capabilities. Highlight the fan auto selection by using the arrow keys, then press the confirm key. This will allow you to scroll through the fan choices. When you have chosen the selection, lock the selection into memory by pressing the confirm key, then use the escape key until the screen displays the main driving screen. These steps apply only if the machine is equipped with an optional variable speed fan valve.

3-30

These settings allow the operator to show either speed or RPM’s on the main menu when operating the machine. If travel speed is the desired setting, the operator can choose between MPH or km/h for the display. Highlight the desired choice, press the confirm key, then escape back to the main screen to lock the selections into memory.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS HARDWARE/SOFTWARE SCREENS The hardware and software screens cannot be changed by the operator.

BD106F193

Figure 73

The hardware selection will display the part number, ser ial number, ID number and version of the hardware cluster. The software selection will display the par t number, serial number, ID number and version of the software cluster. Press the escape key to exit from this field or use the up arrow key to scroll backwards for another selection from the select sub-menu.

3-31

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

CONTROL LEVERS TWO SPOOL VALVE - ONE CONTROL LEVER

2

A

1

B

F

E C

BSD06H024

Figure 74

D

1. LIFT ARM AND BUCKET CONTROL A. FLOAT (DETENT): This is a detent position.

When in the FLOAT (Detent) position, the loader bucket can follow the level of the ground without movement of the control lever

Figure 75

W170-3M004

B. LOWER C. HOLD: The loader arms and bucket will not move when the control lever is in the HOLD position. When released, the control lever will automatically return to the HOLD position. You must manually move the control lever from the FLOAT position to the HOLD position.

3

D. RAISE E. DUMP F. ROLLBACK 2. AUXILIARY F-N-R SWITCH: This switch will allow the operator to put the transmission in Forward, Neutral or Reverse. To activate this auxiliary F-N-R switch, the proper sequence must be followed. The primary shift lever must be in the Neutral position before using the auxiliary FNR switch. Push the switch forward to place the transmission in Forward, place the switch in the middle position to place the transmission in Neutral, and pull the switch rearward to put the transmission in Reverse.

3-32

BD06G091

Figure 76

3 . T R A N S M I S S I O N D OW N S H I F T BUTTON: Drops the transmission down one gear at a time.

BC00B118

NOTE: See Transmission Operation/Initial Machine Movement for moving machine after engine start up.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS THREE SPOOL VALVE - TWO CONTROL LEVERS

4

2

D

H

E 1

BD01F271

B

A

C

G

F

Figure 77

1. LIFT ARM AND BUCKET CONTROL A. DUMP

Figure 78

W170-3M006

B. ROLLBACK C. HOLD: The loader arms and bucket will not move when the control lever is in the HOLD position. When released, the control lever will automatically return to the HOLD position. You must manually move the control lever from the FLOAT position to the HOLD position.

4 3

D. FLOAT (Detent): This is a detent position.

When in the FLOAT (Detent) position, the loader bucket can follow the level of the ground without movement of the control lever.

E. LOWER F. RAISE

Figure 79

BD06G091

3 . T R A N S M I S S I O N D OW N S H I F T BUTTON: Drops the transmission down one gear at a time.

2. AUXILARY CONTROL G. AUXILIARY FUNCTION H. AUXILIARY FUNCTION BC00B118

S e e Tra n s m i s s io n O p e ra t i o n / I n i t i a l M a c h i n e Movement for moving the machine after start up.

4. FNR Switch: This switch will allow the operator to put the transmission in Forward, Neutral or Reverse. To activate this auxiliary F-N-R switch the proper BC00B124 sequence must be followed. The primary shift lever must be in the Neutral position before using the auxiliary FNR switch. Push the switch forward to place the transmission in Forward, place the switch in the middle position to place the transmission in Neutral, and pull the switch rearward to put the transmission in Reverse.

A. Forward (Transmission) B. Neutral (Transmission) C. Reverse (Transmission)

3-33

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS THREE SPOOL VALVE - THREE CONTROL LEVERS

H

D

A

2

E

1

F 3 I BD06F004

Figure 80

G

B

Figure 81

W170-3M007

1. BUCKET CONTROL A. DUMP

A

4

5

B. ROLLBACK C. HOLD: The loader arms and bucket will not move when the control lever is in the HOLD position. When released, the control lever will automatically return to the HOLD position. You must manually move the control lever from the FLOAT position to the HOLD position.

B

C

2. LIFT ARM CONTROL D. FLOAT (Detent): This is a detent position.

When in the FLOAT (Detent) position, the loader bucket can follow the level of the ground without movement of the control lever.

4 . T R A N S M I S S I O N D OW N S H I F T BUTTON: Drops the transmission down one gear at a time.

E. LOWER F. HOLD: The loader arms and bucket will not move when the control lever is in the HOLD position. When released, the control lever will automatically return to the HOLD position. You must manually move the control lever from the FLOAT position to the HOLD position.

G. RAISE 3. AUXILIARY CONTROL H. AUXILIARY FUNCTION I. AUXILIARY FUNCTION

Figure 82

BD06F004

BC00B118

5. FNR Switch: This switch will allow the operator to put the transmission in Forward, Neutral or Reverse. To activate this auxiliary F-N-R switch the proper BC00B124 sequence must be followed. The primary shift lever must be in the Neutral position before using the auxiliary FNR switch. Push the switch forward to place the transmission in Forward, place the switch in the middle position to place the transmission in Neutral, and pull the switch rearward to put the transmission in Reverse.

A. Forward (Transmission) B. Neutral (Transmission)

NOTE: See Transmission Operation/Initial Machine Movement for moving the machine after start up.

3-34

C. Reverse (Transmission)

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS FOUR SPOOL VALVE - THREE LEVERS

G

D

I

2 2

1

3

2

33

1

E A

B BS01E142A

Figure 83

C

1. BUCKET AND LIFT ARM CONTROL

F

A. DUMP

H

J

B. ROLLBACK C. HOLD: The loader arms and bucket will not move when the control lever is in the HOLD position. When released, the control lever will automatically return to the HOLD position. You must manually move the control lever from the FLOAT position to the HOLD position.

Figure 84

W170-3M017

5

D. FLOAT (Detent): This is a detent position.

When in the FLOAT (Detent) position, the loader bucket can follow the level of the ground without movement of the control lever.

4

E. LOWER F. RAISE Figure 85

BD06G091

2. AUXILIARY CONTROL

4 . T R A N S M I S S I O N D OW N S H I F T BUTTON: Drops the transmission down one gear at a time.

G. AUXILIARY FUNCTION H. AUXILIARY FUNCTION 3. AUXILIARY CONTROL I. AUXILIARY FUNCTION J. AUXILIARY FUNCTION

NOTE: See Transmission Operation/Initial Machine Movement for moving the machine after start up.

BC00B118

5. FNR Switch: This switch will allow the operator to put the transmission in Forward, Neutral or Reverse. To activate this auxiliary F-N-R switch the proper BC00B124 sequence must be followed. The primary shift lever must be in the Neutral position before using the auxiliary FNR switch.Push the switch forward to place the transmission in Forward, place the switch in the middle position to place the transmission in Neutral, and pull the switch rearward to put the transmission in Reverse.

A. Forward (Transmission) B. Neutral (Transmission) C. Reverse (Transmission)

3-35

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS WRIST REST ADJUSTMENTS

BF06F105 BD06F094

Figure 86

WRIST REST: Adjust the wrist rest to a comfor table height to operate the loader control levers.

3-36

Figure 87

ADJUSTMENT KNOBS: To adjust the wrist rest, loosen the adjustment knob.

The adjustment knob will allow the wrist rest to be raised or lowered. Adjust to the most comfortable working position, and tighten the knob.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

SIDE CONSOLE

BD06G089

Figure 88

The side console allows the operator to make adjustments to machine operation and functions. It also houses the climate control system.

NOTE: Your machine console configurations may vary slightly in appearance from the above photo, however all switch symbols and switch functions will remain the same.

3-37

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

CLIMATE CONTROL

3 2 1

Figure 89

BD06F093

1. AIR CONDITIONING/BLOWER FAN SWITCH (If Equipped): Push on the snowflake at the center of the dial to turn the air conditioning function on. When the air conditioner is on, the snowflake will illuminate. The blower fan switch has five positions: OFF, 1, 2, 3, and 4. Turn the switch to 4 for maximum speed and to 1 for the lowest speed.

BC00B087

2. FRESH AIR / RECIRCULATION (If Equipped): Turn knob to the left for recirculation and to the right for fresh air.

3. CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped): Turn the control clockwise for warmer temperatures, and adjust the control to the desired temperature. Turn the control counter clockwise for cooler temperatures. (Red markings indicate warmer temperatures; blue markings indicate cooler temperatures). Turn completely counter clockwise for OFF. NOTE: Make sure the water inlet for the heater is in the full ON position. This inlet is located in the left rear of the engine compartment.

3-38

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE

4

5 6 7

Figure 90

BD06H102A

BC0G111

4. REAR WIPER SWITCH:

6. DRIVING LIGHT SWITCH:

A.Push switch to the center position for on.

Push on the top of the switch for roading machine. Pushing on the bottom of the switch will turn the lights off. The middle position is for marker/position lights.

B.Push on the front of switch for washer fluid.

5. FRONT WIPER/WASHER TOGGLE SWITCH

BC00B132

Figure 91

BD07A260

A.OFF - Toggle switch is in the OFF position.

B.INTERMITTENT - Push toggle to the first position. There are six settings for intermittent wiper speeds.

BS07A263

7. WORK LIGHT SWITCH: Push on the top of the switch for front and rear working lights. The middle position is for front work lights only.

BS96045 Pushing on the bottom of the switch will turn the lights off.

C. LOW - Push toggle ahead until the wiper runs continuously for low wiper speed.

D. HIGH - Push toggle ahead for high wiper speed.

E. WASH - Push down on the front of the switch for washer fluid.

3-39

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE

11

10

9

8

BD06G089

BC00B118

BC00B118

Figure 92

8. TRANSMISSION ENABLE SWITCH: Use the transmission enable switch by pushing down on the top of the enable switch. The indicator light on the bottom of the enable switch will illuminate when activated. By following the correct sequence and enabling the auxiliary F-N-R the operator may select FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE from the loader control lever or the auxiliary F-N-R switch. See Chapter 4 - Operating Instructions for further information.

9. AUTOSHIFT SWITCH: The autoshift switch is used to select the automatic or manual mode of operation for the transmission.

When the autoshift switch is in the ON position, the transmission will automatically shift up and down between 1st or 2nd and the highest speed setting on the transmission lever (see Transmission Operation in this manual for complete operation).

10. DECLUTCH SWITCH: The declutch will disengage the transmission when maximum power is needed for the loader. Push down on the top of the declutch switch. The transmission declutch function is activated by brake pressure. See Chapter 4 - Operating Instructions for further information.

BS07A264

BC00B087

3-40

11. FAN REVERSER SWITCH (If Equipped) To use the fan reverser let the machine idle in neutral. Depress the fan reverser switch and depress the throttle to high idle for a minimum of 10 seconds or until debris stops blowing out of the coolers. Return the machine to idle and release the fan reverser switch. This is a three-position switch. Push the upper part of the switch for momentary reversal as described above. The center position of the switch is the automatic position, and the lower position disables the automatic fan.

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE

16 15

14 13 12

Figure 93

BD06G089

12. RETURN TO DIG: Push on the top of the function switch for the ON position. This will allow the bucket to return to level with the ground for digging.

BS07A2657

13. RETURN-TO-TRAVEL, DETENT SWITCH:

BC00B087

The Return-To-Travel switch is used to automatically return the loader bucket to the travel position after you have dumped the loader bucket. Push down on the top of the Return-To-Travel switch to engage the return to travel detent. Push the bottom of the switch for the Float Detent position.

14. HEIGHT CONTROL: Push on the top of the function switch for the ON position. This will allow the bucket to be raised to set height position when activated.

BS07A266

15. RIDE CONTROL SWITCH (If Equipped): This is a 3-position switch. Push on the top of the switch for the manual ON position. Ride control can be left on at all times, whether loading or roading. The center position is the automatic and most commonly used position. In the automatic position, ride control will automatically activate when ground BC00B094 speed is above 5 km per hour (3.1 mph) and automatically shut off when ground speed is below 5 km per hour (3.1 mph). The indicator light on the switch will illuminate when ride control is activated. To turn ride control off, push on the bottom of the function switch for the OFF position.

16. COUPLER PIN ENGAGE SWITCH (If Equipped):

BC00B087

Slide the locking plate toward the center of the switch, push down on the top of the switch to retract the pins for the attachment. The switch lamp will illuminate when the pins are retracted. The switch will lock in the pin extended position after the bottom of the switch has been pressed and the pins are extended.

3-41

CHAPTER 3 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS SIDE CONSOLE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER (If Equipped)

Figure 94

BD06H117

BACK-UP ALARM (If Equipped) To cancel the backup alarm, depress the switch.

BC00B079

The left side of the engine block has a connection for installing an optional coolant heater. See your Case Dealer for this cold weather option.

ENGINE GRID HEATER (If Equipped)

BD06F096

Figure 95

BD06H118

ROTATING BEACON (If Equipped)

BC00B082

Figure 96

BD06G097

Push the top of the rotating beacon switch for the ON position. Push the switch bottom for the OFF position.

Figure 97

The machine can be equipped with an engine grid heater for cold weather operation.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for the indicator lamp to go off. The engine should be started only after the lamp is no longer illuminated.

The indicator light may come on again during cranking and shortly after the engine starts for post heating of the air. This will allow smooth running conditions during cold weather warm up.

WARNING: Do not use ether starting fluid with this machine as it can cause an explosion. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

3-42

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Chapter 4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Before Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Before Operating the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Operating the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 CONTROL LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Two Spool Valve - One Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Spool Valve - Two Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Spool Valve - Three Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Four Spool Valve - Three Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader Function Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bucket Height Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Return-To-Dig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Return-To-Travel Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brake Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Declutch Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary Hydraulic Connection (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bucket Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ride Control (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Coupler Pin Engagement (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader Operating Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transport and Carry Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating on a Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating the Machine in Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Moving a Disabled Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transporting the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transporting the Machine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating in Cold Climate Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating the Machine In Hot Climates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-13 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-17 4-18 4-18 4-19 4-19 4-20 4-20 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-29 4-30 4-31

4-1

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

NOTES

4-2

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Perform a daily walk around and visual inspection of the machine. Check for loose connections, faulty hoses, oil leaks, debris or trash buildup, loose bolts, damaged, or missing parts that could effect the normal and safe operation of the machine. Make any necessary corrections before operating the machine.

See the Quick Reference Maintenance Chart in this manual and complete the items in the daily - 10 hour section of the chart.

Check that the machine fuel tank is filled with clean fuel that matches the specifications given in this manual.

WARNING: Do not operate the machine while under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

RUN-IN PERIOD Your machine will last longer, give better and more economical perfor mance, if you pay par ticular attention to the engine during the initial run-in period.

(See the Quick Reference Char t in Chapter 5 Lubrication and Maintenance for further information.)

During this period: Warm up the engine before using it under load.

Do not operate the engine at maximum power for prolonged periods of time.

Do not run the engine for a long period at idle speed.

Frequently check the instruments on the instrument panel.

Check the oil levels and coolant solution level frequently.

During the run-in period, the following checks and servicing operations should be carried out in addition to those specified in the service schedule: IMPORTANT: For turbocharged engines, only shut the engine down from the low idle position to prevent damage to the turbocharger.

BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE WARNING: Do not attempt to operate this machine unless you have first read and fully understand the safety messages and instructions appearing in this manual. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

CE-NA000

Before operating this machine, complete the following procedures: 1. Check the level of all fluids (engine oil, hydraulic fluid, and coolant) and make sure that the fluids an d lubr icants ar e suitable for prevailing conditions.

2. Carry out the daily maintenance operations.

3. Inspect the machine, look for any signs of possible leakage and check the hoses. Tighten or replace as necessary.

4. See Run-in period if the machine is new or if the engine has been reconditioned.

5. Check the tires for any visible damage. Replace or repair as necessary. Check for correct tire air pressure and adjust pressure if necessary.

6. Clean the steps and hand holds. Grease, oil, mud, or ice in winter on the steps and hand holds can cause accidents. Make sure they are kept clean at all times.

7. Clean or replace any decals which are illegible.

See Decals in Chapter 2.

8. Make sure that the engine access panels and all doors are properly closed and latched.

9. Secure the cab door in either fully closed or fully opened position.

10. Remove any obstructions which hinder visibility.

Clean the windshield, the windows and the rear view mirrors.

11. Check that no tools or other items have been left on the machine or in the operator's compartment.

12. Make sure no one is on or under the machine.

The operator must be alone on the machine.

13. Make sure no one is standing in the machine working area.

14. Find out about current safety measures in use on the work site.

15. Work out a convenient means of escape from the machine (emergency exit via the windshield, the rear or side window glass) in the event of the cab door being jammed or the machine turning over.

4-3

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 16. Before undertaking any travel or working operations during hours of darkness, make sure the lighting and signaling equipment is fully operative.

WARNING: Before each period of operation, check the machine for correct operation of the steering, brakes, hydraulic controls, instruments, and safety equipment. Check the NEUTRAL position of the transmission control lever. A machine that runs correctly can prevent accidents. Make all necessary repairs or adjustments before you operate the machine. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

SA040

17. Adjust the seat so that you can apply the foot brakes when your back is against the seat backrest.

18. Fasten and adjust the seat belt.

19. With the engine running and at operating temperature, check the instrument panel for correct indications.

20. Check the loader controls for correct operation.

STARTING THE ENGINE NOTE: If the machine has been out of use for some time, see Starting Up After Storage in this chapter.

NOTE: If you need to start the engine using a booster battery, see Connecting A Booster Battery in Chapter 7.

1. Turn the master disconnect switch to the ON position.

2. Take up the correct position in the operator's seat with the seat belt correctly fastened. Make sure you can push the foot pedals completely down with your back against the seat cushion.

3. Make certain the transmission direction control is in NEUTRAL and the parking brake is applied.

4-4

4. Turn the key switch to the ON position and check the instrument indicators. Monitor the engine grid heater indicator (if equipped). Do not attempt to start the engine until the grid heater indicator lamp is off.

NOTE: If the weather is cold, see Operating the machine in cold weather in this chapter.

5. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Sound the horn to alert others of your intent to start the engine. Turn the key switch to the START position until the engine starts, then release the key.

IMPORTANT: Do not hold the starter key in the START position for more than 30 seconds. If the engine does not start, return the key switch to the OFF position, wait 120 seconds, and then try again.

6. After the engine starts, check the instruments to make sure the indications are correct. Run the engine at low idle with the transmission in neutral until the engine coolant temperature is warm.

IMPORTANT: Operate the machine at reduced loads until all systems reach operating temperature. This is very important during extremely cold weather operation to protect both the engine and hydraulic systems.

ENGINE SPEED DO NOT OPERATE the engine at idle speed for long periods. This can cause a low operating temperature.

A low operating temperature can cause acids and deposits in the engine oil.

Always bring the engine to low idle for a few minutes to let all parts cool evenly before shut down.

IMPORTANT: Always shut the engine down from the lowest idle to prevent damage to the turbocharger, if equipped.

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS STOPPING THE ENGINE AND PARKING THE MACHINE AFTER OPERATIONS WARNING: Jumping on or off the machine can cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the hand holds and steps, and get on or off the machine slowly. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

SA038

1. Before you leave the machine, make sure the machine is parked on level ground. The machine must be on level ground before you perform any maintenance.

IMPORTANT: If you must temporarily park the machine on a hillside, put the front of the machine toward the bottom of the hill. Park the machine behind an object that will not move.

2. Lower the attachment to the ground.

3. Shift the transmission direction control NEUTRAL, and apply the parking brake.

to

4. Run the engine at idle speed for three to five minutes to decrease the temperature of the engine and turbocharger.

NOTE: Always turn the engine off at low idle to prevent damage to the turbocharger, if equipped.

5. Turn the key switch to the OFF position, and remove the key.

6. Slowly move the equipment control levers forward to rest the equipment on the ground.

7. Slowly move the equipment control levers forward and move the equipment levers through all rotations to insure that residual pressures in the hydraulic system are released.

WARNING: Jumping on or off the machine can cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the hand holds and steps, and get on or off the machine carefully. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

8. Turn the master disconnect switch to the OFF position.

4-5

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OPERATING THE MACHINE

F WARNING: Check all controls and safety devices in a safe, open area before starting work. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

CE-NA000

Starting and Stopping the Loader

N

R BS03K026

Figure 3

4. The gearshift lever must be in NEUTRAL.

BD06G098

Figure 1

1. Remove the transport/service link from the lock position, and secure it in the work position 2. Place the master disconnect into the ON position.

BD06F155

Figure 4

5. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Sound the horn to warn those around the work area of your intentions.

BD06H122

Figure 2

3. Sit in the operator’s seat with the seat belt correctly fastened. Make sure you can push the foot pedals completely down with your back against the seat cushion. Confirm that the parking brake switch is ON (brake engaged).

6. Insert the key into the ignition switch and turn it to the ON position. Monitor the console indicators. Do not attempt to start the engine until the grid heater light is out. When the grid heater light is no longer illuminated, turn the key to the START position. Do not hold the starter key in the START position for more than 30 seconds. If the engine does not start, return the key switch to the off position, wait 2 minutes and then try again.

Once the engine starts, allow it to run at low idle until the engine coolant temperature is warm.

NOTE: If the engine starts and then stops, do not engage the starter motor again until the starter motor stops turning. Do Not operate the starter motor more than 30 seconds at one time. Let the motor cool for two minutes before cranking again.

4-6

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

BD07A171A

Figure 5

7. Push the pilot control lock out to the right in order to power the equipment.

8. Raise the loader arms so that the equipment is raised approximately 380 mm (15 in).

9. To move the machine:

• Cycle the parking brake switch • Place the gearshift into forward position • Release the foot brake and accelerate smoothly

BD06F160

Figure 6

10. To shift gears manually: Use the transmission control lever to shift the transmission gears from first through fourth gear.

Turn the transmission control lever away from you to select a higher gear. Turn the lever toward you to select a lower gear. This control lever is also used to put the transmission in FORWARD, NEUTRAL, and REVERSE. A. Move the control lever away from you for FORWARD. B. The center position of the control lever is NEUTRAL. C. M ove t h e c o n t r o l l eve r t owa r d yo u fo r REVERSE.

4-7

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS STOPPING THE ENGINE AND PARKING THE MACHINE AFTER OPERATIONS

N

BD06F271

BS03K026

Figure 7

1. Stop the machine on hard, level ground and place the gearshift selector in NEUTRAL. IMPORTANT: If you must temporarily park the machine on a hillside, put the front of the machine toward the bottom of the hill. Park the machine behind an object that will not move.

Figure 8

3. Shift the transmission direction control NEUTRAL and apply the parking brake.

to

4. Run the engine at idle speed for three to five minutes to decrease the temperature of the engine and turbocharger.

5. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the key.

NOTE: Always turn the engine off at low idle to prevent damage to the turbocharger, if equipped.

4-8

6. Slowly move the equipment control levers forward to rest the equipment on the ground.

7. Slowly move the equipment levers through all rotations to insure that residual pressures in the hydraulic system are released.

8. Turn the master disconnect switch to the OFF position. Close and lock the compartment.

WARNING: Jumping on or off the machine can cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the hand holds and steps, and get on or off the machine carefully. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

2. Lower the attachment to the ground.

BD06H127

Figure 9

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AUTOMATIC MODE OPERATION:

BD06F004

Figure 12

DOWN-SHIFT BUTTON, THREE LEVER CONTROL BD06H129

Figure 10

To put the transmission in the automatic mode, press the top of the auto shift switch.

AUTOMATIC SHIFTING MODE When the transmission is in the automatic mode, the transmission will start out in first gear or second gear (dependent upon gear minimum setting), and automatically up-shift until the gear selected has been reached. The transmission will also down-shift automatically as the speed decreases.

BD06G091

SHUTTLE SHIFTING (DIRECTION CHANGE) MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC It is not necessary to bring the machine to a complete stop when changing directions from forward to reverse or reverse to forward. For smooth operation and operator comfort, reduce engine speed before direction changes.

Figure 11

DOWN-SHIFT BUTTON, AUTOMATIC MODE The down-shift button is used to shift down through the gears in single steps. Each time the switch is pressed, the transmission will shift down one gear range until first gear is reached. Once the down-shift button has been pressed down, the transmission maximum gear allowed is lowered. It will return to the automatic mode when (1) the transmission control lever gear changes, or (2) the transmission control lever is moved to NEUTRAL and then to FORWARD or to REVERSE. NOTE: When the Automatic Mode has been chosen by the operator, the Automatic Mode indicator will be shown in the multi-function display.

4-9

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

TRANSMISSION ENABLE SWITCH

1

BD06F100

Figure 13

The Transmission Enable switch can be enabled after the following conditions have been completed: 1. Transmission controller is in neutral (left side).

2. F-N-R switch is in neutral (right side).

3. The engine must be running.

4. Machine is stationary.

5. Parking brake is released.

Depressing the transmission enable switch allows the transmission to be controlled by the auxiliary F-N-R switch.

The indicator light on the bottom of the enable switch will illuminate when activated (See Note).

If the column mounted transmission controller is moved from neutral, the engine is stopped or the parking brake is applied, the auxiliary F-N-R mode is deactivated and transmission control defaults back to the Transmission Control Lever.

NOTE: Within 8 seconds from depressing the transmission enable switch the following actions must take place or the F-N-R enable switch must be reactivated.

1. The parking brake switch must be released.

2. Shift to forward or reverse from the neutral position on the F-N-R switch.

4-10

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

AUXILIARY FORWARD, NEUTRAL, REVERSE (F-N-R) SWITCH FOR JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER APPLICATIONS A 1

3

B

C

Figure 14

BD06F165

1. AUXILIARY JOYSTICK F-N-R SWITCH

Figure 16

BD06F099

5. The Parking Brake must be released (3).

A. FORWARD B. NEUTRAL C. REVERSE To actuate the Auxiliary F-N-R switch the following conditions MUST be met: 1. The machine must be stopped.

4

2. The engine must be running.

3. The Auxiliary F-N-R Switch (1) must be in Neutral (B).

BD06F103

2

Figure 17

When steps 1 through 5 have been completed the transmission enable switch may be enabled by pushing down on the top of the switch (4). The indicator light on the bottom of the switch will illuminate.

T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n e n a b l e sw i t c h w i l l b e DEACTIVATED and F-N-R control will default back to the Standard Transmission Control Lever if: 1. The engine is stopped.

BD06F160

Figure 15

4. The Standard Transmission Control Lever (2) must be in neutral.

2. The parking brake is applied.

3. The transmission control lever is taken out of the neutral position.

4-11

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

AUXILIARY FORWARD, NEUTRAL, REVERSE (F-N-R) SWITCH WITH THREE SPOOL VALVE THREE LEVERS A B 3 C

1

Figure 18

BD06F004

1. THREE LEVER AUXILIARY F-N-R SWITCH

Figure 20

RD06F099

5. The Parking Brake must be released (3).

A. FORWARD B. NEUTRAL C. REVERSE To actuate the Auxiliary F-N-R switch the following conditions MUST be met: 1. The machine must be stopped.

4

2. The engine must be running.

3. The Auxiliary F-N-R Switch (1) must be in Neutral (B).

BD06F103

2

Figure 21

When steps 1 through 5 have been completed the transmission enable switch may be enabled by pushing down on the top of the switch (4). The indicator light on the bottom of the switch will illuminate.

The transmission enable control will default back to the Standard Transmission Control Lever if: 1. The engine is stopped.

BD06F160

Figure 19

4. The Standard Transmission Control Lever (2) must be in neutral.

4-12

2. The parking brake is applied.

3. The transmission control lever is taken out of the neutral position.

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CONTROL LEVERS TWO SPOOL VALVE - ONE CONTROL LEVER NOTE: This page shows the basic loader control lever positions.

6 4 2

See Loader Function Switches in this manual for RETURN-TO-DIG, BUCKET HEIGHT CONTROL and RETURN-TO-TRAVEL/FLOAT switches.

1

5 3

Figure 22

BD06H024

1

4

2

3

B1119A88

1.

2.

3.

4.

DUMP BUCKET ROLLBACK BUCKET RAISE LIFT ARMS LOWER LIFT ARMS

Figure 23 5. HOLD: THE LOADER ARMS AND BUCKET WILL NOT MOVE WHEN THE CONTROL LEVER IS IN THE HOLD POSITION. WHEN RELEASED, THE CONTROL LEVER MUST BE MANUALLY MOVED FROM THE FLOAT POSITION TO THE HOLD POSITION. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.) 6. FLOAT (DETENT): THIS IS A DETENT POSITION. WHEN IN THE FLOAT (DETENT) POSITION, THE LOADER BUCKET CAN FOLLOW LEVEL OF THE GROUND WITHOUT MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL LEVER. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.)

4-13

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS THREE SPOOL VALVE - TWO CONTROL LEVERS NOTE: This page shows the basic control lever positions.

6

See Loader Function Switches in this manual for RETURN-TO-DIG, BUCKET HEIGHT CONTROL and RETURN-TO-TRAVEL/FLOAT switches.

4 1

5

7 2 3 8

Figure 24

BD06F271

1

4

2

3

B1119A88

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

DUMP BUCKET ROLLBACK BUCKET RAISE LIFT ARMS LOWER LIFT ARMS HOLD: THE LOADER ARMS AND BUCKET WILL NOT MOVE WHEN THE CONTROL LEVER IS IN THE HOLD POSITION. WHEN RELEASED, THE CONTROL LEVER MUST BE MANUALLY MOVED FROM THE FLOAT POSITION TO THE HOLD POSITION. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.)

4-14

Figure 25 6. FLOAT (DETENT): THIS IS A DETENT POSITION. WHEN IN THE FLOAT (DETENT) POSITION, THE LOADER BUCKET CAN FOLLOW LEVEL OF THE GROUND WITHOUT MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL LEVER. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.) 7. AUXILIARY FUNCTION 8. AUXILIARY FUNCTION

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS THREE SPOOL VALVE - THREE CONTROL LEVERS NOTE: This page shows the basic loader control lever positions.

6

See Loader Function Switches in this manual for RETURN-TO-DIG, BUCKET HEIGHT CONTROL and RETURN-TO-TRAVEL/FLOAT switches.

4 5

1 7

5 3

5 2 8

Figure 26

BD06F004

1

4

2

3

B1119A88

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

DUMP BUCKET ROLLBACK BUCKET RAISE LIFT ARMS LOWER LIFT ARMS HOLD: THE LOADER ARMS AND BUCKET WILL NOT MOVE WHEN THE CONTROL LEVER IS IN THE HOLD POSITION. WHEN RELEASED, THE CONTROL LEVER MUST BE MANUALLY MOVED FROM THE FLOAT POSITION TO THE HOLD POSITION. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.)

Figure 27 6. FLOAT (DETENT): THIS IS A DETENT POSITION. WHEN IN THE FLOAT (DETENT) POSITION, THE LOADER BUCKET CAN FOLLOW LEVEL OF THE GROUND WITHOUT MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL LEVER. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.) 7. AUXILIARY FUNCTION 8. AUXILIARY FUNCTION

4-15

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOUR SPOOL VALVE - THREE CONTROL LEVERS NOTE: This page shows the basic loader control lever positions. The Detent Switch is in the OFF position.

6 7

9

See Loader Function Switches in this manual for RETURN-TO-DIG, BUCKET HEIGHT CONTROL and RETURN-TO-TRAVEL/FLOAT switches.

4 5 2

1 8

10

3

Figure 28

BD06H025

1

4

2

3

B1119A88

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

DUMP BUCKET ROLLBACK BUCKET RAISE LIFT ARMS LOWER LIFT ARMS HOLD: THE LOADER ARMS AND BUCKET WILL NOT MOVE WHEN THE CONTROL LEVER IS IN THE HOLD POSITION. WHEN RELEASED, THE CONTROL LEVER MUST BE MANUALLY MOVED FROM THE FLOAT POSITION TO THE HOLD POSITION. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.)

4-16

Figure 29 6. FLOAT (DETENT): THIS IS A DETENT POSITION. WHEN IN THE FLOAT (DETENT) POSITION, THE LOADER BUCKET CAN FOLLOW LEVEL OF THE GROUND WITHOUT MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL LEVER. (ONLY WITH FLOAT DETENT SWITCH ENGAGED.) 7. FIRST AUXILIARY FUNCTION 8. FIRST AUXILIARY FUNCTION 9. SECOND AUXILIARY FUNCTION 10. SECOND AUXILIARY FUNCTION

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS LOADER FUNCTION SWITCHES

BUCKET HEIGHT CONTROL

Push down on the top of the switch to engage all detents.

The bucket height control is used to automatically stop the loader arms at the height selected. Press the top of the switch to engage the bucket height detent.

1 2

1

3

BD06F274

1. HEIGHT CONTROL 2. RETURN-TO-TRAVEL/ FLOAT SWITCH 3. RETURN TO DIG

Figure 30 Figure 31

BD06F004

1. RAISE

1

BD06F271

Figure 32

1. RAISE

To actuate, move the control lever into the RAISE detent. The control lever(s) will automatically return to the HOLD position when the loader bucket reaches the height selected.

4-17

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS RETURN-TO-DIG

RETURN-TO-TRAVEL FUNCTION

The Return-To-Dig function is used to automatically return the loader bucket to the dig position after you have dumped the loader bucket. To enable the Return-To-Dig function press the top of the switch.

T h e R e t u r n - To - Tr a v e l f u n c t i o n i s u s e d t o automatically stop the loader bucket at the carry height selected. To enable the Return-To-Travel function, press the top of the return to Travel/Float switch.

2

1 1

2

Figure 35

BD06F004

Figure 33

BD06F004

1. FLOAT 2. ROLLBACK DETENT

1. ROLLBACK DETENT 2. FLOAT

1

1

BD06F271 BD06F271

Figure 34

1. FLOAT AND ROLLBACK DETENT

To actuate, move the control lever(s) into the FLOAT and ROLLBACK detents. The bucket control lever will automatically return to the HOLD position and the loader arm will remain in float when the loader reaches the Return-To-Dig position. See Loader Adjustments in this manual for Retur n-To-Dig Adjustments.

4-18

Figure 36

1. FLOAT AND ROLLBACK DETENT

To actuate, move the control lever(s) into the FLOAT and ROLLBACK detents. The control lever(s) will automatically return to the HOLD position when the loader reaches the Return-To-Travel position.

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FLOAT

LOADER CONTROL

The Float function is used to let the loader bucket float across rough ground. To enable this function press the bottom of the Return-To-Dig/Float switch.

The loader control levers are connected to a hydraulic accumulator through a pressure reducing valve. The pur pose of the reducing valve and accumulator combination is to: (1) allow the operator to lower the loader arms if the engine stops with the loader arms raised, or (2) give the control system hydraulic pressure assistance when operating the machine at low idle speed.

To test accumulator performance: 1. Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on firm, level ground.

2. Start the engine.

3. Raise the loader bucket.

4. Stop the engine.

Figure 37

B1128A88

To actuate, move the control lever into the FLOAT detent. The control lever will remain in this position until manually removed.

5. Turn the key to RUN. 6. Verify that the right hand side of the pilot control switch is depressed, allowing the pilot controls to function.

Move the lift arm control to LOWER. The loader bucket must lower to the ground. If the bucket does not lower to the ground, see the Repair Manual for this machine or see your dealer.

1

Figure 38

BD06F004

1. Float

1

BD06F271

Figure 39

1. Float

4-19

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS BRAKE ACCUMULATORS

DECLUTCH FUNCTION

Two hydraulic accumulators are connected in the brake system.The accumulators provide the brake m o d u l a t i n g va l v e w i t h a p o s i t i v e s u p p l y o f pressurized hydraulic fluid.

Test the accumulators for correct operation every 100 hours.

1. Start the engine.

2. Run the engine at 1/2 throttle for 15 seconds.

3. Stop the engine.

4. Without starting the engine, turn the ignition key to the ON position. After the instrument cluster completes the diagnostic check, confirm that the brake pressure light is not on.

5. Repeatedly pump the brake pedal until the brake pressure lamp is illuminated. When pumping the brake pedal, there should be some resistance pressure felt. A slight increase should be felt in the pressure as the brakes are pumped.

6. After the lamp illuminates, continue to pump the brake pedal and count the number of full applications.

NOTE: If you can complete six (6) full brake applications after the indicator lamp illuminates, the accumulators are working correctly. If you can not complete six (6) applications, see the Repair Manual for this machine or see your dealer.

4-20

Figure 40

BD06F100

DECLUTCH SWITCH

The Declutch function allows the engine to increase speed and supply the loader with more hydraulic oil for greater loader power and faster control function.

When the Declutch switch is in the ON position, and you push down on the brake pedal, the transmission is disengaged from the drive wheels. Release the brake pedal to engage the transmission power. If required, use the brake to stop the machine.

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC CONNECTION (IF EQUIPPED)

BUCKET LEVEL INDICATOR

BD00N076

Figure 41

BD03A009

Figure 43

The bottom of the bucket is parallel with the ground when the flat portion of the bucket is horizontal.

2 RIDE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

1

BD06F165

Figure 42

Your Wheel Loader may be equipped with an Auxiliary Hydraulic System. A control lever on the console controls flow to the auxiliary hydraulic connection points on the lift arms.The auxiliary control lever (1) used with a joystick (2) is equipped with mechanical detents to lock it into full forward, full rearward and neutral positions. Auxiliary control levers on non-joystick machines DO NOT have mechanical detents.

R i d e C o n t r o l i s a fe a t u r e t h a t increases the ride comfort of the Wheel Loader over all types of terrain with either an empty or loaded bucket. Ride Control will reduce fore and aft pitching motion during travel to allow faster speeds in load and carr y applicatio ns fo r increase d productivity and operator comfort. It will also reduce shock loads to the Wheel Loader for reduced tire flex, structural fatigue and vibration, resulting in longer component life and reduced costs.

The machine is equipped with a 3-position ride c on t r o l swi tc h ( m a nu a l , a u to, an d of f ). M o s t commonly, the operator will choose to leave this switch in the automatic (center) position. With ride control active, the green indicator light will illuminate anytime the machine is traveling faster than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) indicating that the ride control is functioning. Ride control will disengage automatically at slower speeds for loading and unloading. Ride Control can be left ON at all times, whether loading or roading.

To turn Ride Control OFF, push on the bottom of function switch for the OFF position.

The top position of the switch turns ride control on in the manual position.

NOTE: Ride Control should be OFF when the bucket is used in fine grading operations or when precision placement of a load suspended from the bucket or other attachment is required.

4-21

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS COUPLER PIN ENGAGEMENT (IF EQUIPPED) Use the factory/field installed coupler system to change attachments quickly. A control switch for the system is located on the right hand console. When changing attachments, making cer tain all unauthorized personnel are clear of the area.

NEW PHOTO DUPLICATE BD07N694

To connect attachment, position the front coupler into the attachment. Press the bottom of the switch until it fully locks into place to extend the pins. Make sure the coupler pins are fully engaged to the attachment and the amber light is off before using the machine.

NEW PHOTO DUPLICATE BD06G089

Figure 46

Figure 44

To disconnect and connect an attachment, lower the attachment to the ground. Slide the locking tab upward and press the top of the coupler switch to retract the pins.

Place the front of the attachment against the ground and apply downward pressure on the attachment to make certain the attachment is fully and securely connected. Make certain the locking tab on the console is in the correct (downward) position. The locking tab is designed to prevent accidental pin retraction.

WARNING: Before using the machine make sure the attachment is securely connected to the machine by putting the front of the attachment against the ground and putting downward pressure on the attachment.

Failure to comply could result in machine damage, injury, or death.

M781

BD07N693

Figure 45

The amber light will illuminate and the pins will remain in the retracted position. Back carefully away from the attachment.

4-22

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS LOADER OPERATING TIPS This Wheel Loader, with standard equipment and authorized attachments, is intended to be used for above ground level digging and general earth moving purpose such as land leveling, truck loading, material rehandling and ditch cleaning. If the machine is to be used for lifting objects, make sure that the machine is properly equipped and follow the instructions and safety precautions in this manual.

LEVELING OPERATION Always operate the machine in reverse when leveling the surface.

PUSHING OPERATION When pushing material, do not set the bucket dumping angle more than 20 degrees.

163L96

Figure 47

164L96

Figure 48

163L96

Figure 49

IMPORTANT: The bucket MUST NOT be in the FULL DUMP position during the pushing operation.

SCRAPING OPERATION When scraping hard or frozen surfaces the bucket must be level and flat to the surface. Operate the machine at a slow speed.

WARNING: Impact Hazard - Bucket edge or teeth can catch on frozen surface or buried objects during surface scraping operations. Before operation inspect the area for objects the bucket can catch on and mark them. During operation make sure the bottom of the bucket is level with the surface to be scraped.

Operate the machine around the objects and at slow speed. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death and/or damage to the machine.

M465

4-23

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TRANSPORT AND CARRY OPERATION The bucket must be in the roll back position and the bottom of the bucket must not be more than 305 to 457 mm (12 - 18 in) off the surface.

165L96

Figure 50

WARNING: When you operate the machine, keep the loader bucket as low as possible. This low position gives better balance and permits you to see more clearly. If the bucket is full and you move the machine over ground that is rough or surfaces that can cause the machine to slide, always operate at slow speed.

If you do not use this procedure, the machine can lose control and roll-over. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

SA041

OPERATING ON A SLOPE WARNING: Hillside operations can be dangerous. Rain, snow, ice loose gravel, soft ground, etc., change the ground conditions. You must make a judgment if your machine can be safely operated on any hillside or ramp. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

SB013

Before you operate this machine on a hill, always put the transmission in a lower range and test the brakes. DO NOT let the machine move down a hill with the transmission in NEUTRAL. DO NOT use the Declutch Switch when operating on a hill.

• Use extra caution on hillside operations.

• Make sure that the low speed travel is selected.

• Always travel in the same direction as the slope, to prevent the machine from turning over.

IMPORTANT: On steep slopes using the down shift mode of the transmission is recommended to aid braking and to help prevent brake over heating and premature disc wear.

OPERATING THE MACHINE IN WATER

• Make sure that the bottom of the stream, or

• Before using the machine in water, inject large

water in which you will work, can support the weight of the machine.

quantities of fresh grease into the appropriate grease fittings.

• Do not allow the water level to reach above the

• After completing the operation make sure to

bottom of the center drain plug of the axles.

inject fresh quantities of grease into any fitting that was in water.

WARNING: Do not operate the machine in a fast flowing stream. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

4-24

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MOVING A DISABLED MACHINE ENGINE STALLS WHILE TRAVELING Brake System: The brakes can be applied by pressing the pedal for four or five applications until the accumulator is discharged. The operator must limit use of the brakes in this situation. In the event the brakes cannot be applied by the pedal, apply the parking brake switch.

Steering System: The steering effort increases when the hydraulic system loses power. In the event the engine stalls while traveling, park the loader in a safe position and find the problem.

ENGINE OR HYDRAULIC FAILURE If your machine is disabled, you must make a judgement if the machine can be moved without further damage. If possible, repair the machine at the job location.

If you cannot repair the machine at the job location and if you have a transport trailer, park the trailer as close as possible to the machine.

NEVER TOW THE MACHINE FROM THE FRONT

2

BD03A037

Figure 51

BD06F167

1. Attach a rigid drawbar to the machine.

IMPORTANT: Make certain the towing machine has adequate brake capacity to safely stop both machines.

2. If the machine cannot be started to release the parking brake, the brake must be mechanically released: a. Put blocks in front of and behind each wheel.

Figure 53

d. Loosen the lock nut (2). e. Turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the parking brake is released. f. Tighten the lock nut and replace the cover.

3. If the machine is to be towed more than 0.8 km (1/2 mile) you must disconnect the front and rear drive shafts.

4. Tow the disabled machine at a maximum speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

1

BD03A036

Figure 52

b. Clean the area around the parking brake cover to eliminate contamination. c. Remove the parking brake cover (1).

4-25

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE 2

WARNING: The machine can slip and fall from a trailer or ramp. This can cause injury or death. Make sure the trailer and ramp is not slippery. Remove all oil, grease, ice, etc. Carefully move the machine off or onto the trailer with the machine centered on the trailer and ramp. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

SB042

WARNING: Before you put the machine on a trailer, remove all snow, ice, oil or grease from the trailer and ramp. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

46-76C

WARNING: Know the rules, regulations, laws and safety equipment necessary for transporting or operating this machine on a road or highway. Rotating beacon, backup alarm, slow moving vehicle emblem and other safety equipment items are available from your dealer. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

84-13A

You must know the rules or laws for transportation and safety that are used in each area that you will be in. Make sure that the truck and machine are equipped with the correct safety equipment.

1. Put a block at the front and rear of each trailer wheel.

2. Carefully move the machine SLOWLY onto the trailer.

3. Lower the loader bucket onto the trailer.

4. Put the Transport/Service link in the LOCKED position.

5. Apply the parking brake and stop the engine.

Remove the key.

6. Make sure the transmission control is in the NEUTRAL position and loader controls are in the HOLD position.

4-26

7. Turn the battery master disconnect switch to the OFF position.

8. Put blocks at the FRONT and REAR of each tire of the machine.

9. Use chains to fasten the machine to the trailer.

See the next page for tie down locations of the machine.

10. Put a cover over the exhaust pipe.

11. Measure from the ground to the highest point of the machine. You must know the clearance height of the machine.

12. Advise driver of weights of machine and attachments if special permits or guidelines are necessary.

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE ON A TRAILER Make sure you know the safety rules and regulations before transporting the machine. Make sure both trailer and machine are fitted with the correct safety equipment.

1. Measure the distance between the ground and the highest point of the machine. You must know t h e o ve r a l l h e i g h t . S e e M a c h i n e o ve r a l l dimensions in the Chapter 8 (Specifications).

2. Make sure that all doors, hoods, and access panels are correctly locked.

4. Secure the machine to the trailer using the tie downs provided.

5. The transport lock must be secured.

6. Chains must be fastened around the left and right sides of the loader arm to secure it in place.

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE BY RAIL Transport by rail is subject to specific regulation.

Consult an approved organization.

3. There are two tie down locations forward and two at the rear.

MACHINE TIE DOWN LOCATIONS

BD01E123

Figure 54

CHAINS MUST BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE FRONT LEFT AND RIGHT TIE DOWN HOLES.

BD07G061

Figure 55

CHAINS MUST BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE LEFT AND RIGHT REAR TIE DOWN HOLES.

Figure 56

BD00M052

CHAINS MUST BE SECURELY FASTENED AROUND THE LEFT AND RIGHT SIDE OF THE LOADER ARM.

Figure 57

BD06G099

TRANSPORT LOCK MUST BE SECURED.

4-27

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS LIFTING

FRONT

Before proceeding with the handling, use all means available to block the steering articulation between the two frames (front/rear) and block the movements of the bucket.

Use a crane of sufficient capacity to lift the loader (including the mass of the accessories installed).

It is recommended to lift slinging the four points provided for this purpose.

Prior to lifting, check that: – the steering articulation lock; – the bucket movement mechanical lock; – the engagement of the parking brake; –that all cab doors, panels and mobile parts are closed and locked.

Keep at an appropriate distance during the lifting.

REAR 721E-3M018

4-28

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OPERATING IN COLD CLIMATE CONDITIONS Cold weather conditions require special operating procedures. During these conditions your machine will require special start up, warm up and maintenance procedures for the best performance. Proper cold weather maintenance will extend the service life of your machine.

BATTERIES

LUBRICANTS

Clean the batteries and make sure they are at full charge. In cold conditions it is important to run the machine long enough to return the charge lost by starting. In most cold conditions this is about ten minutes, but in extreme cold it can be 30 minutes.

Follow the recommended oil and filter service for the engine and hydraulic system as shown in this manual. Use the correct viscosity oil in each component for the ambient temperatures the machine is operating in. For extreme cold conditions, contact your dealer for alternative lubricants for the hydraulic and transmission systems.

NOTE: A fully charged battery at -17° C (0° F) has only 40% of the normal starting power. At -29° C (-20° F) the battery has only 18%.

FUEL

Inspect the battery cables and terminals. Clean the terminals and apply electrical terminal sealers to prevent corrosion. See your dealer.

Check with your fuel supplier for the correct cold weather fuel. Engine power will be reduced if wax particles are in the fuel filters. Some cold weather fuel blends result in lower engine power.

If water is added to the batteries and the temperature is below 0° C (32° F), charge the batteries or run the engine for approximately 2 hours. This will prevent battery freezing.

C h e c k fo r w a t e r i n t h e f u e l s y s t e m . C o l d temperatures can cause condensation to form in the fuel tank. Check and drain the fuel filter and fuel tank for water as required.

COOLING SYSTEM

WARNING: - The gas of the batteries may explode. Keep sparks and flames away from the batteries.

Use a pocket light to check the electrolyte level.

- The sulphuric acid in the electrolyte of the batteries is poisonous. It may burn the skin, corrode the garments and cause blindness if sprayed into the eyes.

- To avoid dangers:

Check the coolant mixture before operating in cold temperatures. A mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water must be used. This mixture is used if the lowest ambient temperature is -37° C (-34° F). If the ambient temperature is lower, adjust the mixture. It is recommended that ethylene glycol and water be used in the machine all year long. See Engine Cooling System in this manual.

1. Top up the batteries in a well ventilated area.

2. Wear protective goggles and rubber gloves.

3. Do not inhale the vapours when you add distilled water.

4. Do not overturn and do not let the electrolyte drip.

5. If the acid gets in touch with the body: - Wash the skin with water.

- If sprayed into the eyes, wash with water for at least 15 minutes. Immediately refer to a physician.

- If the acid has been ingested, immediately refer to a physician.

4-29

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS COLD TEMPERATURE STARTING AIDS This machine may be equipped with an engine grid heater. Turn the key switch to ON and wait for the engine grid heater indicator lamp to go out. The indicator light may come on again during cranking and shortly after the engine starts for post heating of the air. This allows for smooth running conditions during cold weather warm up.

WARNING: Do not use ether or other starting products with this machine. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

MACHINE WARM UP Once the engine has started, run the engine at about half throttle (1100 to1300 rpm) for a minimum of four minutes under no load. This will help stabilize the engine.

After engine warm up, turn the pilot control switch (located on the console) to the on position. Place the lift arm into float and the bucket into roll back to load the engine in order to heat the hydraulic oil. Hold for a p p r ox i m a t e l y t w o m i n u t e s . T h i s w i l l y i e l d approximately 20° C (68° F). Apply and hold the foot brake, cycle the lift arm and bucket. Repeat the f l o a t / r o l l b a c k h e a t i n g p r o c e d u r e a g a i n fo r approximately two minutes. Raise the lift arms enough to steer the unit full left and right to warm the oil in the steer ing cylinders. In extreme cold conditions, hold the float/roll back condition for five minutes maximum.

WARNING: Make sure there is clearance around the machine before steering the machine left and right. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area.

Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

Even with the correct oil in the hydraulic/brake system the first few times the brakes are actuated there may be some delay before the brakes are applied. The operator must actuate the brake pedal a minimum of 8 to 10 times before the machine is moved to obtain proper heating. Actuating and releasing the brakes should occur in a cycle of 3 seconds full on and 3 seconds off to obtain exchange of the brake oil.

In extreme cold weather conditions, the brake response can be slow. The use of correct oil in the hydraulic/brake system is required in persistently severe applications. Contact your dealer for the correct oil.

4-30

When the machine has been correctly warmed up, apply the foot brake and push the parking brake to the OFF position. Shift the transmission to forward, and carefully release the foot brake. Operate the machine in a clear and safe area. Check the full operation of the machine.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT operate the machine on the road until the transmission oil and axle oil have been correctly warmed up. Operate the machine in a clear safe area before road operation in first and second gear only.

If the machine has been left idling in cold temperature, the engine will stay warm, but the hydraulic/brake oil and the axle oil will not stay warm. The oil and components can become cold and slow brake function response time. If this should happen you MUST go through the complete warm up procedure.

NOTE: The transmission is equipped with internal protection that does not allow the transmission to engage below -12° C (10° F). If the transmission does not engage below these temperatures, allow 2 to 4 minutes of running in neutral and try again.

Warm up time necessary may vary depending on temperature and conditions.

OPERATING THE MACHINE IN HOT CLIMATES 1. Keep the coolant at the correct level in the coolant reservoir and in the radiator.

2. Use the correct solution of ethylene glycol and water in the cooling system.

3. Check the cooling system cap before hot weather starts. Replace the cap as required.

Replace with a genuine replacement part to insure the correct PSI rated cap.

4. Clean all dirt and debris from the radiator, cooler, and engine area.

5. Check the condition of the engine accessory drive belt.

6. Use lubricants of the correct viscosity. See fluids and lubricants in the Chapter 5, Lubrication, Filters, and Fluids.

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS STORAGE PREPARATION FOR STORAGE

PERIODIC CHECKS

The following procedure applies when the machine is to be stored for a month or more. Store the machine on firm, level ground, inside a building or, if not possible, outside and covered with a tarpaulin.

Before storing the machine, carry out the following operations:

Every month, check:

1. Clean the machine.

2. Retract the arm cylinder rod as far as possible, and lower the boom until the attachment is resting on the ground.

3. Grease the machine thoroughly. The exposed surfaces of the cylinder rods should be greased or covered with a protective film. See your Case Dealer.

1. The battery charge and battery electrolyte level.

Recharge the batteries if required.

2. The grease on the cylinder rods and/or perform attachment functions monthly.

3. The fuel level in the fuel tank and the corrosive oil level in the engine. Add more if necessary.

4. The condition of all lines, connectors and clamps (rust). Grease if necessary.

5. The condition of the paint work. Apply a coat of anti-rust treatment where necessary.

STARTING UP AFTER STORAGE 1. Close the drain valves and fill the cooling system.

NOTE: When the machine resumes service, the film will disappear automatically.

2. Drain the fuel reservoir and top up with suitable fuel, see “Fluids and Lubricants” in section 5.

1. Drain the fuel tank, and fill with a mixture of 90% diesel fuel and 10% anti-corrosive oil. Run the engine at idle speed for five minutes to allow the anti-corrosive oil to reach the lines, filters, pump and injectors.

3. Drain the engine sump, fill with clean engine oil and check the oil level.

2. While the engine is still warm, drain the oil sump, fill with anti-corrosive oil, and replace the engine oil filter.

4. Replace the filtering element of the fuel filters.

5. Install the batteries.

6. Grease the machine thoroughly.

7. Check the condition of the engine accessory drive belt, and replace it if necessary.

3. When the engine is cold, clean the outer parts of the engine with diesel fuel.

8. Check the condition of the air conditioning drive belt and replace it if necessary.

4. Clean or replace the air filter element.

9. Check the hydraulic fluid level, and add more fluid if necessary.

5. Drain the cooling system, leave the drain valves open, and do not tighten the radiator cap.

10. Clean the cylinder rods.

6. Grease the cylinder rods.

11. Unplug the air filter inlet and the exhaust pipe.

7. Remove the batteries, clean the battery housings and make sure not to leave any traces of acid.

Store the batteries safely in a cool and dry location, where the temperature will be higher than 0° C (32° F).

12. Remove the “DO NOT OPERATE” tag and start the engine, following the starting up procedure.

Keep non-authorized personnel clear of the machine.

8. Paint any areas where the paint shows signs of deterioration.

9. Plug the air filter inlet and the exhaust pipe.

10. Remove the starter switch key and place a “DO NOT OPERATE” label on the right-hand control arm.

13. Keep a careful watch on all systems display panel lamps and indicators.

WARNING: Avoid running the engine in a confined place. Make certain there is adequate ventilation at all times. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

11. Lock the hoods and the cab door.

4-31

CHAPTER 4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

NOTES

4-32

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

Chapter 5 LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS TABLE OF CONTENTS SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 SUPPORT STRUT FOR LOADER LIFT ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 RELEASING PRESSURE IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 721E Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 821E Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 ENGINE OIL VISCOSITY / TEMPERATURE RANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Transmission Oil Viscosity / Temperature Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 DAILY INSPECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE QUICK REFERENCE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 GENERAL MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 ACCESS DOORS AND FILL LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

250 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

500 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1000 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2000 Hour Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-16 5-19 5-23 5-29 5-31 5-34 5-40

5-1

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

5-2

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Follow the maintenance intervals by checking the hourmeter every day. Before starting maintenance, park the machine on flat, firm ground, away from any obstacles, with the bucket/attachment on the ground.

Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area.

Un less otherwise specified , all m aintenance operations should be carried out with:

• the engine stopped • the transport/service link locked into position to stop the machine from unexpected articulation

• • • • • •

the parking brake engaged the key removed from the key switch a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the key switch wheel chocks blocking the wheels all circuits cooled down prior to starting work all hydraulic pressure released in lift arm and bucket/attachment circuits

• any accumulator pressure released for the appropriate circuit

WARNING: Be sure all the service operations in this section are carried out punctually at the intervals given, in order to insure optimum performance levels and maximum safety when using the machine.

Failure to comply could result in machine damage, serious personal injury or death.

When performing service work on the machine, place a Do Not Operate tag on the instrument panel or key switch. Turn off engine and remove key before leaving operator's compartment.

Any modification to this machine without prior authorization could cause serious injury. Do not make any modifications without authorization.

Consult your dealer.

The service intervals in this chapter refer to normal operating conditions. During the first operation period of a new machine or rebuilt component and under particularly severe conditions, the service intervals should be carried out more frequently.

IMPORTANT: Take particular care to replace all filters regularly. Clean filters mean longer engine running life.

IMPORTANT: Oils and fluids must be disposed of properly.

HOURMETER

Clean the grease fittings before lubrication. Clean around plugs and filler holes before adding fluid. No dust or dirt must enter the components or the circuits.

Wear suitable clothing and remember to use the necessary safety equipment.

WARNING: There is a risk of serious injury if maintenance or repairs are not carried out correctly. If you do not understand maintenance procedures, consult your dealer. Failure to comply could result in machine damage, serious injury or death.

WARNING: Before attempting any service procedures on the machine it is your responsibility to know how many accumulators are on the machine and how to properly release pressure of each. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

M959

BD06F097B

Figure 1

The hourmeter enables service operations to be scheduled. Its hourly indications are the same as those of a clock when the engine is running.

Ser vicing inter vals are carefully calculated to guarantee safe and efficient machine operation.

Be sure to carry out all the servicing operations properly as defined in this manual.

5-3

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

SUPPORT STRUT FOR LOADER LIFT ARMS WARNING: If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut.

1. Empty the loader bucket, raise the loader lift arms to approximately 2.1m (7 ft) and stop the engine.

2. Remove the support strut from the storage position by removing the retaining bolt (1).

3. Place the support strut onto the cylinder rod with guide lock tab on top of cylinder and pointing toward the bucket (2).

4. Install the retaining bolt entirely into the support strut using all threads (3).

5. Slowly lower the lift arms onto the support strut.

If you do not follow this procedure, you can cause death or serious injury if the loader lift arms are lowered unexpectedly.

M824

2

2 1 3

Figure 2

BD06G063

Figure 3

BD006G090

SUPPORT STRUT IN TRANSPORT POSITION

SUPPORT STRUT IN SERVICE POSITION

TRANSPORT SERVICE LINK

Figure 4

BD07G063

SERVICE LINK IN OPERATING POSITION

Figure 5

BD07G064

SERVICE LINK IN LOCKED POSITION

Prior to any maintenance, service work or transportation, lock the articulation transport service link. Remove the safety security pin to change positions of the service link.

5-4

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

RELEASING PRESSURE IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IMPORTANT: Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic system, there should be no pressure in any of the circuits.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the machine. Park the machine on firm, level ground, lower the bucket/attachment to the ground and stop the engine.

WARNING: During operation, components and tubes of the hydraulic system may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

BD06F271

Figure 7

3. Operate the control levers from right to left and front to rear approximately a dozen times. Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.

WARNING: Hydraulic fluid or grease injected into your skin can cause severe injury or death. Keep your hands and body away from any pressurized leak. Use cardboard or paper to check for a leak. If fluid is injected into your skin, see a doctor immediately and have the fluid removed. Failure to comply with this warning could result in injury or death.

BD06F155

Figure 6

2. Turn the ignition switch key to the “ON” position.

Pilot control switch must be on.

WARNING: Beforecarryingoutanyservicework onthehydraulicsystem,itisnecessarytoallowthe system to cool (the temperature should not be more than 40 °C (104 °F). Failure to comply with this warning could result in injury or death.

5-5

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS 721E CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Engine Type of oil ....................................................................................................................Case Akcela (SAE 15W-40) Capacity .............................................................................................................................................13.2 l (14 qt.)

Capacity (with filter change) ...............................................................................................................14.2 l (15 qt.)

Cooling System System capacity ............................................................................................................................ 36.9 l (9.75 gal.)

Fuel System Reservoir capacity............................................................................................................................. 246 l (65 gal.)

Hydraulic / Brake System Type of fluid ...................................................................................................................Case Akcela Hy-Tran Ultra Total system capacity .................................................................................................................. 176.0 l (46.5 gal.)

Reservoir capacity....................................................................................................................... 105.7 l (27.9 gal.)

Transmission Type of oil ....................................................................................................................Case Akcela (SAE 15W-40) Refill capacity - with filter change.................................................................................................. 25.6 l (6.75 gal.)

Axles Type of oil ........................................................................................ Case Akcela Transaxle Fluid (SAE 80W-140) NOTE: Machines are shipped from the factory with break-in oil.

Front Capacity .................................................................................................................................30.3 l (32.0 qt.)

Rear Capacity .................................................................................................................................27.4 l (28.9 qt.)

Grease fittings, as required ........................................................................................... Case Akcela Molydisulfide 821E CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Engine Type of oil ....................................................................................................................Case Akcela (SAE 15W-40) Capacity .............................................................................................................................................18.9 l (20 qt.)

Capacity (with filter change) ...............................................................................................................21.0 l (22 qt.)

Cooling System System capacity ............................................................................................................................ 40.9 l (10.8 gal.)

Fuel System Reservoir capacity.......................................................................................................................... 288 l (76.0 gal.)

Hydraulic / Brake System Type of fluid ...................................................................................................................Case Akcela Hy-Tran Ultra Total system capacity .................................................................................................................. 176.0 l (46.5 gal.)

Reservoir capacity......................................................................................................................... 90.0 l (23.8 gal.)

Transmission Type of oil ....................................................................................................................Case Akcela (SAE 15W-40) Refill capacity - with filter change.................................................................................................. 39.7 l (10.5 gal.)

Axles Type of oil ........................................................................................ Case Akcela Transaxle Fluid (SAE 80W-140) Front Capacity .................................................................................................................................37.4 l (39.5 qt.)

Rear Capacity .................................................................................................................................23.7 l (25.0 qt.)

Grease fittings, as required .......................................................................................... Case Akcela Molydisulfide

5-6

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

ENGINE OIL VISCOSITY / TEMPERATURE RANGES

BC02N250

Figure 8

NOTE: Use of an engine oil pan heater or an engine coolant heater may be required when operating temperatures are in Winter or Arctic conditions.

NOTE: The use of low viscosity oils, such as 10W-30 can be used to aid starting the engine and in providing sufficient oil flow at ambient temperatures below -5 °C (23 °F). The continuous use of low viscosity oils can decrease engine life due to wear. See the chart above for the correct oil for ambient temperatures.

5-7

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS TRANSMISSION OIL VISCOSITY / TEMPERATURE RANGES

Figure 9

BC04F193

HYDRAULIC/BRAKE SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE RANGE

BC04F192

5-8

Figure 10

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS COOLANT SOLUTION

BIODIESEL FUEL USAGE CONDITION

Put only ethylene-glycol coolant solution in the cooling system. Use good quality ethylene-glycol that has a high boiling point with no additives to prevent l e a k a g e. D o n o t u s e n o n - a p p r ove d a n t i - r u s t additives. Anti-rust additives and ethylene-glycol can m i x a n d w o r k a g a i n s t e a c h o t h e r, r e d u c i n g anti-corrosion protection, forming deposits in the cooling system, and causing damage to the cooling system and radiator. Contact your dealer who can supply you with the suitable coolant solution.

Biodiesel fuel must be purchased from a trusted supplier that understands the product and maintains good fuel quality. Biodiesel fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing Biodiesel fuels on site can result in an incorrect mixture which can lead to problems with both engine and fuel system.

Anti-freeze/Anti-corrosion

IMPORTANT: DO NOT modify the engine and/or fuel injection pump to recover reduced performance.

Use anti-freeze in all seasons to protect the cooling system from corrosion and risk of freezing.

For areas where the ambient temperature is over -36 °C (-34 °F), use a blend of 50% ethylene-glycol based anti-freeze.

For areas where the temperature is below -36 °C (-34 °F), it is advisable to use a blend of 40% water and 60% anti-freeze.

FUEL IMPORTANT: The use of fuel/diesel not complying with specification standards could lead to severe damage to the machine’s engine and fuel system.

The use of unapproved fuel, including biodiesel may void the machine’s warranty coverage.

Use fuel which complies with ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) D975 standard (North America). In Europe, fuel must comply with Specification Standard EN590 or its equivalent.

Use grade No. 2 fuel. The use of other types of fuel can result in a loss of power of the engine and may cause high fuel consumption. Consult your dealer for specific fuel recommendations.

BIODIESEL Fatty Acid Methyl Ester Biodiesel (Biodiesel Fuel) consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable oils treated with methyl esters.

IMPORTANT: Biodiesel fuel blends are approved for your engine only if they comply with Specification Standards EN 14214 or ASTM D6751.

IMPORTANT: It is imperative that you check which blend is approved for your engine with your local dealer. Beware that the use of Biodiesel fuel that does not comply with the Standards EN14214 or ASTM D6751 could lead to severe damage to the engine and fuel system of your machine. The use of fuels that are not approved may void warranty coverage.

Engine perfor mance is effected by the use of biodiesel fuel. An up to 12% reduction in power/torque can be experienced.

The reduced power must be accepted if using any Biodiesel fuel blend.

Some modification may be required to allow the engine to use biodiesel. Consult your local dealer for c o m p l e t e i n fo r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g a p p r o v e d modifications.

It may be necessary to change engine oil, engine oil filters and fuel filter elements more frequently when using biodiesel. Biodiesel can remove rust and other particles that adhere to the inside of the fuel tank.

These particles are then trapped by the vehicle filters and may cause shor tened filter life and/or filter blockages.

Biodiesel fuel may degrade natural rubber gaskets and hoses, as it is more solvent than petro-diesel.

Check hoses and other engine components more frequently when using a biodiesel fuel.

DO NOT allow water to collect in the fuel or storage tanks. Biodiesel will actually attract moisture from the atmosphere. Keep fuel tanks and storage tanks as full as possible to limit the amount of air and water vapors. It may be necessary to drain the machine fuel filter more frequently. Potential oxidation and stability could create a problem with fuel stored in the machine.

BIODIESEL STORAGE IMPORTANT: DO NOT store machines for more than three months with biodiesel blends in the fuel system. DO NOT store biodiesel fuel in on-site storage tanks for more than three months.

If long periods of storage are required, run the machine for 20 hours using regular diesel fuel in order to flush the engine fuel system.

Clean up any spills of biodiesel on the machine, as biodiesel fuel can cause paint damage.

5-9

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS FUEL STORAGE Prolonged storage of fuel can lead to the accumulation of impurities and condensation in the fuel. Engine trouble can often be traced to the presence of water in the fuel.

The storage tank must be placed outside and the temperature of the fuel should be kept as low as possible. Drain off water and impurities regularly.

HYDRAULIC FLUID Case Akc ela Hy -Tra n U ltra hy draulic fluid is specifically designed for high pressure applications and for Case hydraulic systems. Your Case Dealer can provide hy draulic fluid to fulfill different climate/temperature conditions. Refer to the charts at the beginning of this section.

TRANSMISSION COMPONENT OIL Extreme pressure oil should be used for enclosed transmission components. Choose an oil that is m a n u fa c t u r e d fo r yo u r c l i m a t e / t e m p e r a t u r e conditions such as Case Akcela No. 1 SAE 15W-40, Hy-Tran Ultra, Hy-Tran Ultra SS. See charts at the beginning of this section.

GREASE The type of grease to use depends on ambient temperature such as: Case Akcela Molydisulfide Grease ENVIRONMENT Before you service this machine and dispose of oil, fluids, and lubricants, obey environmental regulations. Do not drain oil or fluids on to the ground or into containers that leak. Check with your local environmental, recycling center or your dealer for correct disposal information.

ENGINE OIL Case Akcela engine oil is recommended for your engine. This oil insures correct lubrication of your engine in all working conditions. See charts at the beginning of this section to choose the correct oil for climate/temperatures.

If Case Akcela engine oil cannot be obtained, use only oil of the API SERVICE CI-4 category.

NOTE: Do not put any Performance Additive or other additive in the sump. Oil change intervals shown in this manual are based on tests carried out utilizing Case lubricants.

5-10

RD97F136

Figure 11

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

DAILY INSPECTIONS Every day, before starting work, it is necessary to inspect the machine and service cer tain components.

WARNING: If the slightest defect is found, repair it immediately before using the machine or see your Dealer. Failure to comply with this warning could result in injury or death.

General Check for water or oil leaks.

After Starting the Engine Did the engine start correctly? Are the exhaust fumes normal? Any strange noises?

Check for abnormal noise on the hydraulic components.

Check for water or oil leaks on the components.

Check the audible alarm devices, working lights and windshield wipers.

Check that all hydraulic circuits are functioning correctly.

Check that all screws and nuts are correctly tightened.

Wipe off any dust and clean off any accumulated debris (engine, operator's compartment, etc.).

Check tires for proper inflation.

Check for damage.

Engine Check the oil level an d ch ange the oil, if necessary.

Check the coolant reservoir fluid level.

Check for clogging or damage to the radiator.

Check the engine accessory drive belt tension.

Check for water or oil leaks on the components.

Check the condition of all lines.

Check the fuel tank level.

Check for any warning gauges or lights on console.

Other Check the hydraulic reservoir level.

Check that the hydraulic oil is clean.

Check the condition of all lines.

Check for electrical short-circuits.

Check that all battery connections are properly tightened.

Adjust the rear view mirrors.

Check for oil leaks on the cylinders.

Check the condition of the bucket/attachment.

5-11

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE QUICK REFERENCE CHART

As Required

Every 50 hours

Every 100 hours

Every 250 hours

Every 500 hours

Every 1000 hours

Air filter

AR

6-5

Tires

AR

5-17

Fuel water separator

AR

Engine oil level

10

Every 4000 hours

5-12

6-7

Wheel torque check (until stable)

Run-in

Engine oil and filters (initial only)

Run-in

10 100

5-25

Fuel prefilter (initial only)

Run-in

100

5-25

Fuel filter (initial only)

Run-in

100

5-26

Hydraulic oil return filter (initial only)

Run-in

100

5-27

Front and rear axle oil (initial only)

Run-in

100

5-28

Transmission oil and filter (initial only)

Run-in

100

6-16

Transmission clutch calibration

5-19

Grease machine attachments

250

5-20

Hydraulic reservoir level

50

5-21

Transmission fluid

50 50

50

5-22

Coolant level

5-23

Grease loader linkage

100

5-23

Grease steering pins

100

5-23

Drive shaft carrier bearing

5-29

Cab air filter

100

5-29

Accessory drive belt

250

5-30

Coolant reservoir/radiator level

250 250

250

6-6

Tire pressure and condition

5-31

Engine oil and filter

5-32

Crankcase filter

5-32

Axle oil level

5-33

Fuel Filter

5-33

Fuel tank condensation

500

6-3

ROPS and seat belt

500 500

500 500 500 500

7-6

Battery fluid level

5-34

Pivot points/articulation fittings

5-34

Drive shaft slip joint

5-35

Axle oil (front and rear)

1000

5-36

Transmission fluid and filter(s)

1000

5-37

Fuel prefilter

1000

5-38

Hydraulic oil filter

1000

6-16

Transmission clutch calibration

5-39

Cab air filters

1000

6-8

Accessory drive belt

1000

1000 1000

1000

See your Case Dealer

5-40

Hydraulic fluid

2000

5-41

Engine coolant

2000

5-42

Primary air filter

2000

5-42

Secondary air filter

2000

5-44

Lubricate door and window hinges Engine valve clearance

2000 See your Case Dealer

DRAIN

LUBRICATE

REPLACE AR

5-24

Injector calibration

Every 2000 hours

CHECK

5-39

Every 10 hours 5-18 or shift change

Initial Run-in

CLEAN

PAGE

SERVICE POINTS

INITIAL NEW MACHINE

INTERVALS IN HOURS SERVICE INTERVALS

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

GENERAL MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION DIAGRAM

721E-3M001

5-13

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

ACCESS DOORS AND FILL LOCATIONS

Figure 12

BD06F106

CAB FILTER/FUSE ACCESS RIGHT SIDE

BD06F001

Figure 13

BD06G101

BATTERY ACCESS ONE EACH SIDE

ENGINE HOOD /ACCESS DOOR LEFT SIDE

5-14

Figure 16

RADIATOR AND HYDRAULIC FLUID ACCESS DOOR

BD06F066

Figure 14

BD06F068

Figure 15

BD06F166-2

ENGINE HOOD AND ACCESS DOOR RIGHT SIDE

Figure 17

TRANSMISSION / HYDRAULIC FILTER ACCESS RIGHT SIDE

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

BD06F091

Figure 18

HYDRAULIC FILL CAP ACCESS - RAISE COOLING UNITS

BD06F032

BD06F014

Figure 20 ENGINE OIL FILL LOCATION AND DIPSTICK

Figure 19 TRANSMISSION CHECK AND FILL LEFT SIDE

5-15

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE VARIABLE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Some working environments require that maintenance be performed more frequently. Dust, dirt, moisture, extreme hot or cold and many other factors should be taken into consideration when servicing the machine. Certain equipment or auxiliary tools may cause more stress on hydraulics, drivetrain, engines or filters. The following maintenance should be performed on regular schedules, but often need special attention when conditions require.

WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Fuel Filter Raise the engine hood, the fuel prefilter is located on the right side of the chassis. Drain any water and sediment from the fuel prefilter. To drain, slowly loosen the drain valve located under the filter and allow to drain until clean fuel runs out.

Engine Air Filter

Retighten the valve, but do not overtighten.

Check the primary air filter for restrictions if the air filter indicator lamp illuminates. Replace if necessary

For further information, see fuel prefilter procedure in this chapter.

The primary element may be cleaned by using air, h oweve r a n ew e l e m e n t i s r e c o m m e n d e d , i f questionable.

Bleeding Air from the Fuel System

The inner element must not be cleaned. It must be replaced.

Tires and Wheels Adjust the inflation pressure of the tires every time that circumstances require. A daily visual inspection during the pre-start walk around and mechanical checks when environmental or work conditions require more.

Wheels should be checked for proper torque every twenty hours when new and until they remain tight.

S e e t h e W h e e l B o l t To r q u e i n C h a p t e r 6 fo r pressures and torques.

Air Conditioning Condenser Raise the hydraulic access door. The air conditioner condenser is located under the access door. Unlatch the condenser and raise. Use compressed air to remove debris and buildup on the condenser. See Chapter 6 Maintenance - Cab Air Conditioning for further information.

WARNING: Wear full coverage safety glasses withsidepanelswhenusingcompressedair.Limit the pressure to 2 bar (29 psi). Failure to comply may result in death or injury.

Fuel Cooler To access the fuel cooler, raise the hydraulic access d o o r. U n l a t c h a n d r a i s e t h e a i r c o n d i t i o n e r condenser. The fuel cooler is located in the front of the hydraulic fill compartment. Use compressed air to remove debris and build up that may impede proper function of the cooler.

5-16

Prolonged period of inactivity or running out of fuel may allow air to get into the fuel system. If this should happen make sure the tank is full and then bleed the system.

Fuses Fuses may be reached by opening the access door located on the right side of the cab. If a fuse has blown, the indicator light will illuminate.

NOTE: If a fuse blows, replace it at once. Locate the problem and if it re-occurs, have it checked by a service technican.

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS VARIABLE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

DRAIN FUEL FILTER CONDENSATION

PRECLEANER (If Equipped)

Drain the water and sediment from the fuel prefilter as required. In cer tain geographic regions and climates, it may be necessary to drain condensation more frequently. The prefilter is located on the right hand side of the engine.

Check the precleaner bowl and remove dust as required.

2 1

3

BD06F018

Figure 21

1. Loosen nut (1) and remove the cap (2).

2. Remove bowl (3) and clean with damp cloth.

3. Replace bowl and cap. Secure in place with wing nut.

BD03A015

Figure 22

1. Open the drain valve on the fuel prefilter by turning counterclockwise 2 or 3 turns. Drain the water and/or contaminants from the fuel filter into a suitable container until clean fuel flows. Do not allow fuel to spill on engine or ground.

2. Close the drain valve. Check for leaks.

5-17

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 10 Hour Maintenance ENGINE OIL WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications Type of oil . . . . . . . . . . . Case Akcela (SAE 15W-40) 721E Capacity with filter change . . . . . 14.2 l (15 qt) 821E Capacity with filter change . . . . . . . 21 l (22 qt) The engine oil level should be checked every 10 hour shift or each day, whichever occurs first.

1

Figure 23

BD06F014

Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area.

Park the machine on a firm, level surface and turn off the engine. Remove the dipstick, and check the engine oil level. This procedure is best performed at the beginning of the work day with the engine cool and all oil drained to the pan.

2

BD07A017

Figure 24

The fill location (2) is located in the main engine compartment. Do not overfill engine oil.

5-18

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 50 HOUR MAINTENANCE BUCKET/ATTACHMENT GREASE FITTINGS Service Specifications Grease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Case Akcela Molydisulfide Grease the attachment fittings when the hourmeter registers 50 hours of operation or sooner if conditions so require.

BS03J108A

Figure 25

Clean around the area to be greased before service.

In severe conditions, such as immersion in water, it may be necessary to grease more frequently.

WARNING: Prior to maintenance always have the machine on firm, level ground with the bucket/attachment on the ground. Make sure all residual pressure is relieved from circuits before beginning maintenance.

Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING: Do not work under or near the bucket/attachment of a machine or components which are not adequately supported or blocked. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

5-19

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 10 Hour Maintenance HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL WARNING: During operation, components and tubes of the hydraulic system may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 l (46.5 gal) 821E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 l (46.5 gal) WARNING: The hydraulic oil is a highly corrosive substance. Always wear protective gloves and goggles to prevent skin irritation.

In case of contact with oil, thoroughly wash the affected area and refer to your physician.

BD06F031

Figure 26

Check the level of the hydraulic oil tank every 50 hours. Park the machine on hard, level ground.

Rest the bucket/attachment on the ground, turn-off the engine, and check the level on the indicator.

If the oil is cold, the level is correct when the top of the oil is aligned with the lower indicator mark. If the oil is at operating temperature, the level is correct when the top of the oil is aligned with the upper indicator mark.

In the event oil is needed, relieve all pressure in the system, then slowly loosen the tank cap and top-off until the proper level is reached.

WARNING: The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. If removal of the cap is required, loosen it slowly to relieve residual pressure in the tank. Do not overfill. Failure to comply may result in death or injury.

5-20

BD06F002

Figure 27

The hydraulic oil fill cap is located under the condenser core, behind the operator’s cab.

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 50 HOUR MAINTENANCE TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL WARNING: The hydraulic oil is a highly corrosive substance. Always wear protective gloves and goggles to prevent skin irritation.

In case of contact with oil, thoroughly wash the affected area and refer to your physician.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.6 l (6.75 gal) 821E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.7 l (10.5 gal) Check the transmission oil level every 50 hours of operation. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied and the attachment lowered to the ground. The transmission oil level sight gauge is on the left side of the machine.

Cold Oil Level Check Before you start the engine, check the transmission oil level in the sight gauge. If the oil level is below the arrow, add oil to raise the oil level up to the arrow.

BD06F032

Figure 28

Check the transmission oil level at idle speed with the oil temperature of 65 ° to 70 °C (149 ° to 158 °F).

When oil temperature reaches the above temperatures, oil level will rise to the top of the gauge. Oil level should be between the bottom and top of the cross hatch region. Add oil, if necessary.

Do not overfill.

Engine Running Check WARNING: This check must be performed with the engine running! Comply with the following: 1. Make sure the gear selector is in neutral and the parking brake is set.

2. Make sure the bucket or equipment is on the ground and the pilot lock out is engaged to neutralize hydraulic flow.

3. The transport/service link must be in place to prevent accidental articulation.

4. If this check must be performed in an enclosed area be sure to ventilate properly to reduce the deadly exhaust fumes.

5. Failure to comply may result in death or injury.

5-21

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS ENGINE COOLANT WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.9 l (9.75 gal) 821E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.9 l (10.8 gal) Check the coolant reservoir level every 50 hours of operation. Perform this check when the coolant is cold and the engine is stopped. Do not remove the radiator cap during this check. The coolant level must be between the full and add marks on the reservoir.

Add coolant as required to raise the coolant level to the full mark.

BD06F036

Figure 29

Raise the engine compartment access hood and check the indicator on the side of the coolant bottle.

NOTE: In the event that the system needs topping off make sure to use the proper ratio of water and antifreeze/coolant. Do not overfill.

WARNING: Hot coolant can spray out if the radiator cap is removed. To remove the radiator cap: Let the system cool, turn to first notch, then wait until all pressure is released.

Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap. Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance instructions. Failure to comply may result in death or injury.

5-22

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 100 HOUR MAINTENANCE MACHINE GREASE FITTINGS

Figure 30

875987501A/875987501C

XT GREASE POINTS

BS07G096

Figure 31

BS07G097

Figure 32

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS Grease Specification .........................................................................................................Case Akcela Molydisulfide Grease the machine fittings when the hourmeter registers 100 hours of operation or sooner if conditions so require.

Clean around the area to be greased before service. Grease the bucket/attachment pivot pins, front driveshaft support bearing (remote), and steering cylinder pins (rod end).

Grease the steering cylinder pins (remote), boom pivot pins, bucket cylinder pins (remote) and the boom pivot pins.

IMPORTANT: In severe conditions, such as immersion in water, it may be necessary to reduce the greasing service intervals.

WARNING: Prior to maintenance always have the machine on firm, level ground with the bucket/attachment on the ground. Make sure all residual pressure is relieved from circuits before beginning maintenance. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING: Do not work under or near the bucket/attachment of a machine or components which are not adequately supported or blocked. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

5-23

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS REPLACE OIL FILTER

100 HOUR MAINTENANCE CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER (Initial) WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity with filter change . . . . . 14.2 l (15 qt) 821E Capacity with filter change . . . . . . . 21 l (22 qt) Change the engine oil and filter when the hourmeter registers 100 hours for a new machine during the initial run-in period. The engine oil and filter should be changed every 500 hours thereafter or more frequently when the engine operating conditions are severe.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

BD06F041

Figure 34

4. Raise the engine hood.

5. Clean the area around the filter of dirt and debris.

6. Turn the filter counterclockwise to remove.

Remove and discard the filter following local environmental and waste regulations.

7. Apply a thin layer of clean oil to the new filter gasket.

IMPORTANT: Never use a filter wrench to install a new filter.

8. Turn the new oil filter onto the base until the gasket makes contact with the base and then turn by hand an additional 3/4 turn.

9. Install the remote drain plug.

Figure 33

BD06F008

REMOTE ENGINE OIL DRAIN

3. Use a suitable container to capture the used oil, and remove the remote oil drain plug. Drain the engine oil completely.

NOTE: When changing engine oil, the oil flow rate can be improved if the oil fill cap or dipstick is removed from the engine while draining.

BD06F014

Figure 35

10. Fill the engine with the proper amount of oil.

11. Start the engine and run at idle speed. Check the engine oil filter and remote drain for leaks.

12. After two minutes stop the engine.

13. Wait for the engine oil to drain down for an accurate reading on the dipstick.

14. Check the dipstick and add additional oil, if necessary.

15. Lower the engine hood completely.

5-24

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS REPLACE FUEL FILTER (Initial)

100 HOUR MAINTENANCE WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Change the fuel filter when the hourmeter registers 100 hours for a new machine during the initial run-in period. Filters should be changed every 500 hours thereafter or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

REPLACE PRE-FUEL FILTER (Initial) Change the pre-fuel filter when the hourmeter registers 100 hours for a new machine during the initial run-in period. The filter should be changed every 1000 hours thereafter or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

BD06F014

Figure 37

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

BD06F014

Figure 36

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

3. Clean the filter head area, the outside of the filter and remove any dirt and debris around the area that might contaminate the system.

4. Turn the filter cartridge counterclockwise to remove. Capture any fuel remaining in the lines or the filter and discard properly.

5. Install a new filter. Make sure the arrow on the filter points toward the primer pump.

6. Use the primer pump to prime the system. Check for leakage.

7. Start the engine and check again for leakage.

3. Clean the filter head area, the outside of the filter and remove any dirt and debris around the area that might contaminate the system.

4. Turn the filter counterclockwise and remove. Be sure to capture any fuel remaining in the lines or the filter and discard properly.

5. Apply a thin layer of clean oil to the gasket on the new filter.

6. Install the filter. Use your hands to tighten the filter 1/2 to 3/4 turn after the filter makes contact with the filter head.

IMPORTANT: Never use a filter wrench to tighten a new filter on install.

WARNING: Engine fuel is flammable and can cause a fire or an explosion. Do not fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system near an open flame, welding, burning cigars, cigarettes, pipes, etc. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

5-25

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 100 HOUR MAINTENANCE REPLACE HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER(S) (Initial) WARNING: During operation, components and tubes of the hydraulic system may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Replace the hydraulic oil filters when the hourmeter registers 100 hours for a new machine during the initial run-in period. Filters should be changed every 1000 hours thereafter or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

WARNING: The hydraulic oil is a highly corrosive substance. Always wear protective gloves and goggles to prevent skin irritation.

In case of contact with oil, thoroughly wash the affected area and refer to your physician.

WARNING: Fluid under pressure. Always rest the hydraulic bucket/attachment on the ground. Shut the engine off, turn the key to on, and move the hydraulic control levers through all movements several times to relieve residual pressure in the system.

Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

WARNING: Never drain oil or remove the oil filter while the engine is running. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

3. Slowly loosen the filler cap on the hydraulic reservoir to release pressure in the reservoir.

Leave it loose during the procedure.

4. Turn the filter(s) counterclockwise to remove.

5-26

BD06F066

Figure 38

5. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter(s) with clean oil and install. After the filter makes contact with the filter head tighten 1/2 to 3/4 turns.

IMPORTANT: Never use a filter wrench to tighten a new filter on install.

6. Tighten the cap on the hydraulic reservoir.

7. Start the engine and run at 1000 rpm. Have an assistant check for leaks around the filter area.

8. Stop the engine, and check the hydraulic oil level.

Top off, if necessary.

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 100 HOUR MAINTENANCE CHANGE FRONT AND REAR AXLE OIL (Initial) Service Specifications 721E Capacity Front axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.3 l (32.0 qt.)

Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.4 l (28.9 qt.)

821E Capacity Front axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.4 l (39.5 qt.)

Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.7 l (25.0 qt.)

Ch an ge the fro nt a n d re ar axle oil wh en the hourmeter registers 100 hours for a new machine during the initial run-in period. Axle oil should be changed ever y 1000 hours thereafter or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

WARNING: Make sure that the bucket/attachment is resting on the ground and the transport/service link is installed.

Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

BD01E136

Figure 40

5. Place a suitable container with sufficient capacity to capture the old oil under each axle end.

6. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain.

7. Reinstall the drain plugs of both axles and the four axle ends.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

3. Clean the area around the drain and fill caps of both axles and all four axle ends.

BD01E134

Figure 41

8. Fill with the proper amount of axle oil. Insert dipstick back into fill hole, but do not thread down. Remove the dipstick and measure the oil level. The oil level should be between the upper and lower marks on the dipstick.

9. Add oil, if required. Replace the dipstick, being careful not to damage the O-ring.

NOTE: The oil will take some time to fill each axle.

Allow time for the oil to circulate throughout the axle.

BD02N123

Figure 39

4. Place a suitable container with sufficient capacity to capture the old oil under the front and rear axles and drain.

5-27

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 100 HOUR MAINTENANCE CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID AND FILTER (Initial) WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.6 l (6.75 gal) 821E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.7 l (10.5 gal) WARNING: The hydraulic oil is a highly corrosive substance. Always wear protective gloves and goggles to prevent skin irritation.

In case of contact with oil, thoroughly wash the affected area and refer to your physician.

Figure 43

BD02N124

7. Remove the drain plug and drain the oil.

Change the transmission fluid and filter when the hourmeter registers 100 hours for a new machine during the initial run-in period. Transmission fluid and f i l t e r s s h o u l d b e c h a n g e d eve r y 1 0 0 0 h o u r s thereafter or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and lock the pilot control lock lever.

3. Put the transport/service link into the locked service position to avoid unexpected articulation and stop the engine.

Figure 44

BD06F066

8. Remove the filter.

9. Apply a film of clean transmission oil to the gasket of the new filter and install. Make certain proper contact is made with the base.

10. Spin the breather, located on the top of the transmission a few times.

11. If the breather is difficult to spin follow steps 12 and 13.

12. Remove the breather. Clean it with solvent and dry with compressed air.

WARNING: Wear full coverage safety glasses with side panels when using compressed air. Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

13. Install the breather.

BD06F065

Figure 42

14. Fill with the specified amount of oil. Fill port is located behind the ladder near the sight gauge.

4. Clean the area around the filter head and around the transmission drain and fill caps.

15. Check the oil level at the sight gauge.

5. Remove the fill plug.

16. Start the engine and check for oil leaks around the filter and drain plug.

6. Have a suitable container that will hold the appropriate amount of fluid before draining.

17. Bring the transmission oil up to working temperature, and check the level again.

5-28

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 250 HOUR MAINTENANCE CAB AIR FILTER

CAB AIR FILTER

The cab recirculation air filter is located behind the operator’s seat. Clean the cab air filters when the hourmeter registers 250 hours.

BD07G077

Figure 45

BD06F095

1. Remove the retaining screw that holds the re-circulation air filter cover in place and remove the filter.

2. Check the filter for debris or tears.

3. Clean the re-circulation filter with detergent and water or replace with a new one. Dr y with compressed air.

Figure 46

The cab filter is located on the right hand side of the machine, below the operator’s compar tment.

Remove the two screws from the cab air filter cover and remove the cover. Pull filter forward at a slight angle. Check filter for debris or tears. Wipe the inside of the filter housing. Clean dust from filter, using compressed air, if necessary. Reinstall the filter and air filter cover.

ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT

WARNING: Wear full coverage safety glasses with side panels when using compressed air to clean components. Limit the pressure to 2 bar (29 psi). Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

4. Reinstall the filter, and secure the access filter cover.

BD06F167

Figure 47

The drive belt is located behind the rear grill on the machine.

BD06F033

Figure 48

Perform a visual inspection for cracks and damage.

To replace belt, see procedure in Chapter 6.

5-29

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 250 HOUR MAINTENANCE ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR/RADIATOR WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E System capacity . . . . . . . . . . .36.9 l (9.75 gal.)

821E System capacity . . . . . . . . . . .40.9 l (10.8 gal.)

BD06F001

Check the coolant reservoir level every 250 hours of operation. Perform this check when the coolant is cold and the engine is stopped.

Figure 50

NOTE: In the event that the system needs topping off make sure to use the proper ratio of water and antifreeze/coolant. Do not overfill.

WARNING: Hot coolant can spray out if the radiator cap is removed. To remove the radiator cap: Let the system cool, turn to first notch, then wait until all pressure is released.

Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap. Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance instructions. Failure to comply may result in death or injury.

BD06F036

Figure 49

Raise the engine compartment access hood and check the indicator on the side of the coolant bottle.

The coolant level must be between the full and add marks on the reservoir. If coolant is required, check the coolant level in the radiator also. Add coolant to the reservoir and radiator as required.

5-30

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 500 HOUR MAINTENANCE CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity with filter change . . . . . . 14.2 l (15 qt) 821E Capacity with filter change . . . . . . . 21 l (22 qt) The engine oil and filter should be changed every 500 hours or more frequently when the engine operating conditions are severe.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

BD06F041

Figure 52

4. Raise the engine hood.

5. Clean the area around the filter of dirt and debris.

6. Turn the filter counterclockwise to remove.

Remove and discard the filter following local environmental and waste regulations.

7. Apply a thin layer of clean oil to the new filter gasket.

IMPORTANT: Never use a filter wrench to install a new filter.

8. Turn the new oil filter onto the base until the gasket makes contact with the base and then turn by hand an additional 3/4 turn.

9. Install the remote drain plug.

Figure 51

BD06F008

REMOTE ENGINE OIL DRAIN

3. Use a suitable container to capture the used oil, and remove the remote oil drain plug. Drain the engine oil completely.

NOTE: When changing engine oil, the oil flow rate can be improved if the oil fill cap or dipstick is removed from the engine while draining.

REPLACE OIL FILTER

BD06F014

Figure 53

10. Fill the engine with the proper amount of oil.

11. Start the engine, and run at idle speed. Check the engine oil filter and remote drain for leaks.

12. After two minutes stop the engine.

13. Wait for the engine oil to drain down for an accurate reading on the dipstick.

14. Check the dipstick and add additional oil, if necessary.

15. Lower the engine hood completely.

5-31

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 500 HOUR MAINTENANCE AXLE OIL LEVEL Service Specifications 721E Capacity Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

821E Capacity Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30.3 l (32.0 qt.)

27.4 l (28.9 qt.)

37.4 l (39.5 qt.)

23.7 l (25.0 qt.)

Check the oil level in the front and rear axles when the hourmeter registers 500 hours.

BD02N131

Figure 55

4. Insert the dipstick back into the fill hole, but do not thread down. Remove the dipstick and measure the oil level. The oil level should be between the upper and lower marks on the dipstick.

5. Add oil if required. Replace the dipstick, being careful not to damage the O-ring.

CRANKCASE FILTERS BD01E134

Figure 54

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

Change the crankcase breather filters when the hourmeter registers 500 hours and every 500 hours thereafter. Filters should be changed more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

3. Clean the area thoroughly then remove the axle dipstick. There is one in each wheel.

BD03A209

Figure 56

1. Remove the screws on the filter housing to access filter.

2. Replace the two crankcase filters, and reinstall the cover housing.

5-32

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS DRAIN FUEL TANK CONDENSATION

500 HOUR MAINTENANCE REPLACE FUEL FILTER WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Fuel filters should be changed every 500 hours or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

BD06H026

Figure 58

Every 500 hours of operation the condensation must be removed from the fuel tank.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

BD06F014

Figure 57

Clean the filter head area, the outside of the filter and remove any dirt and debris around the area that might contaminate the system.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

3. Turn the filter counterclockwise and remove. Be sure to capture any fuel remaining in the lines or the filter and discard properly.

4. Apply a thin layer of clean oil to the gasket on the new filter.

3. Have a suitable container ready to capture the condensation and fuel. Dispose of the waste following local regulations.

4. Open the fuel tank drain slowly, remove the tank drain plug, and allow the condensation to flow until only fuel is discharged.

NOTE: The drain plug and handle are located on the bottom left front corner of the fuel tank, behind the rear axle.

5. Turn the drain handle and close the drain.

Replace the tank drain plug.

NOTE: In certain geographic regions and climates it may be necessary to drain off condensation more frequently.

5. Install the filter. Use your hands to tighten the filter 1/2 to 3/4 turn after the filter makes contact with the filter head.

IMPORTANT: Never use a filter wrench to tighten a new filter on install.

WARNING: Engine fuel is flammable and can cause a fire or an explosion. Do not fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system near an open flame, welding, burning cigars, cigarettes, pipes, etc. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

5-33

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE GREASE DRIVE SHAFT SLIP JOINT AND PIVOT POINTS

BD06F010

BS06B144A

Figure 59

Grease the upper and lower chassis pivot points and front drive shaft slip joint when the hourmeter registers 1000 hours or sooner if conditions so require.

Figure 60

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the loader bucket/attachment to the ground and stop the engine. Apply the parking brake.

2. Place the transport/service link into the lock position to stop unexpected articulation of the machine.

3. Clean the area around each fitting and grease.

5-34

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE CHANGE FRONT AND REAR AXLE OIL Service Specifications 721E Capacity Front axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.3 l (32.0 qt.)

Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.4 l (28.9 qt.)

821E Capacity Front axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.4 l (39.5 qt.)

Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.7 l (25.0 qt.)

Ch an ge the fro nt a n d re ar axle oil wh en the hourmeter registers 1000 hours. Axle oil should be changed every 1000 hours or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

WARNING: Make sure that the bucket attachment is resting on the ground and the transport/service link is installed. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

BD01E136

Figure 62

5. Place a suitable container with sufficient capacity to capture the old oil under each axle end.

6. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain.

7. Reinstall the drain plugs of both axles and the four axle ends.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

3. Clean the area around the drain and fill caps of both axles and all four axle ends.

BD01E134

Figure 63

8. Fill with the proper amount of axle oil. Insert dipstick back into fill hole, but do not thread down. Remove the dipstick and measure the oil level. The oil level should be between the upper and lower marks on the dipstick.

9. Add oil, if required. Replace the dipstick, being careful not to damage the O-ring.

BD02N123

Figure 61

NOTE: The oil will take some time to fill each axle.

Allow time for the oil to circulate throughout the axle.

4. Place a suitable container with sufficient capacity to capture the old oil under the front and rear axles and drain.

5-35

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE TRANSMISSION FLUID AND FILTER WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.6 l (6.75 gal) 821E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.7 l (10.5 gal) BD002N124

WARNING: The hydraulic oil is a highly corrosive substance. Always wear protective gloves and goggles to prevent skin irritation.

In case of contact with oil, thoroughly wash the affected area and refer to your physician.

Figure 65

7. Remove the drain plug and drain the oil.

Change the transmission fluid and filter every 1000 hours or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and lock the pilot control lock lever.

Figure 66

BD06F066

3. Put the transport/service link into the locked service position to avoid unexpected articulation and stop the engine.

8. Remove the filter.

9. Apply a film of clean transmission oil to the gasket of the new filter and install. Make certain proper contact is made with the base.

10. Spin the breather, located on the top of the transmission a few times.

11. If the breather is difficult to spin follow steps 12 and 13.

12. Remove the breather. Clean it with solvent and dry with compressed air.

BD06G065

Figure 64

4. Clean the area around the filter head and around the transmission drain and fill caps.

WARNING: Wear full coverage safety glasses with side panels when using compressed air. Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

13. Install the breather.

5. Remove the fill plug.

14. Fill with the specified amount of oil. Fill port is located behind the ladder near the sight gauge.

6. Have a suitable container that will hold the appropriate amount of fluid before draining.

15. Check the oil level at the sight gauge.

16. Start the engine and check for oil leaks around the filter and drain plug.

17. Bring the transmission oil up to working temperature, and check the level again.

5-36

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE REPLACE PREFUEL FILTER Change the prefuel filter every 1000 hours or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

B06F014

Figure 67

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

3. The fuel prefilter is located on the right hand side of the engine. Have a suitable container available for discharging fuel.

4. Turn the drain connection counterclockwise to remove the drain tube from the bottom of the filter. Capture any fuel remaining in the lines or filter and discard properly.

5. Turn the filter cartridge counterclockwise to remove from the filter head.

6. Replace with a new filter cartridge, turning clockwise until cartridge meets filter head. Hand tighten firmly in place. Do not use a filter wrench.

WARNING: Engine fuel is flammable and can cause a fire or an explosion. Do not fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system near an open flame, welding, burning cigars, cigarettes, pipes, etc. Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

5-37

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE REPLACE HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER(S) WARNING: During operation, components and tubes of the hydraulic system may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Replace the hydraulic oil filters every 1000 hours or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

BD07G060

WARNING: The hydraulic oil is a highly corrosive substance. Always wear protective gloves and goggles to prevent skin irritation.

In case of contact with oil, thoroughly wash the affected area and refer to your physician.

WARNING: Fluid under pressure. Always rest the hydraulic bucket/attachment on the ground. Shut the engine off, turn the key to on, and move the hydraulic control levers through all movements several times to relieve residual pressure in the system.

Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

WARNING: Never drain oil or remove the oil filter while the engine is running. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

3. Slowly loosen the filler cap on the hydraulic reservoir to release pressure in the reservoir.

Leave it loose during the procedure.

4. Turn the filter(s) counterclockwise to remove.

5-38

Figure 68

5. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter(s) with clean oil and install. After the filter makes contact with the filter head tighten 1/2 to 3/4 turns.

IMPORTANT: Never use a filter wrench to tighten a new filter on install.

6. Tighten the cap on the hydraulic reservoir.

7. Start the engine and run at 1000 rpm. Have an assistant check for leaks around the filter area.

8. Stop the engine, and check the hydraulic oil level.

Top off, if necessary.

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 1000 HOUR MAINTENANCE

CAB AIR RECIRCULATION FILTER

CAB AIR FILTER

The cab recirculation air filter is located behind the o p e ra t o r ’s s e a t . R e p l a c e t h e f i l t e r w h e n t h e hourmeter registers 1000 hours.

Replace the cab air filter when the hour meter registers 1000 hours or more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

BD06F095 BD07G077

Figure 69

The cab filter is located on the right hand side of the machine, below the operator’s compar tment.

Remove the two screws from the cab filter cover, and remove the cover.

BD07G078

Figure 71

1. Remove the retaining screw that holds the re-circulation air filter cover in place and remove the filter.

2. Replace with a new filter, and secure the access filter cover.

Figure 70

Pull filter forward to remove. Wipe the inside of the filter housing. Replace with a new filter. Reinstall the filter cover, and latch cover in place.

5-39

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 2000 HOUR MAINTENANCE CHANGE HYDRAULIC OIL AND FILTER(S)

7. Open the hydraulic reservoir remote drain, and drain the oil into a suitable container.

WARNING: During operation, components and tubes of the hydraulic system may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

8. Clean the area around the filler cap, and slowly remove the cap.

Service Specifications 721E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 l (46.5 gal) 821E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 l (46.5 gal) WARNING: The hydraulic oil is a highly corrosive substance. Always wear protective gloves and goggles to prevent skin irritation.

In case of contact with oil, thoroughly wash the affected area and refer to your physician.

Change the hydraulic oil and filters every 2000 hours of operation. Change oil more frequently when operating conditions are severe.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied. Stop the engine.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

BD06F066

Figure 73

9. Remove and replace the hydraulic oil filter. To remove the filters, turn counter clockwise.

10. When installing new filters, apply a thin coat of oil to the gasket. Tighten the filters firmly to the filter head by hand. Do not use a filter wrench to tighten the filters.

3. Make sure the accumulators are completely discharged by pushing down on the brake pedal a minimum of 30 times.

4. Release pressure in ride control accumulators, if equipped.

5. With the ignition key in the ON position, cycle the bucket/attachment control levers repeatedly through their complete range of motion for at least 30 seconds.

6. Move the hydraulic controller to the float position and turn the key off.

BD06F002

Figure 74

11. Fill the reservoir with new hydraulic oil.

12. Install the reservoir filler cap.

13. Start the engine and run at 1000 rpm. Check for leakage around the filter and drain.

14. Operate the loader controls several times to remove any air in the lines.

15. Place the loader bucket/attachment on the ground and stop the engine. Check the hydraulic oil level.

16. If it is necessary to top off with more oil, remove the fill cap slowly to release pressure in the reservoir.

BD07A034

5-40

Figure 72

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 2000 HOUR MAINTENANCE ENGINE COOLANT WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

Service Specifications 721E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36.9 l (9.75 gal) 821E Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.9 l (10.8 gal) Drain, flush and replace the engine coolant every 2000 hours of operation or each year, whichever occurs first. Clean the system and replace the coolant if it becomes dirty or is rust colored.

WARNING: Hot coolant can spray out if the radiator cap is removed. To remove the radiator cap: Let the system cool, turn to first notch, then wait until all pressure is released.

Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap. Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance instructions. Failure to comply may result in death or injury.

BD06F008

Figure 76

2. With a suitable container of the proper capacity un de r t he drain, o pen th e cap by tu r nin g counterclockwise and drain the coolant from the system.

3. After all the coolant is drained, secure the drain cap.

4. Use a system cleaning product to clean and flush the system. Contact your Dealer.

5. After the system has been cleaned and flushed following the cleaning product instructions, close and secure the drain valve.

SA023

BD06F001

BD06F001

Figure 75

1. After the engine has cooled so the temperature of the coolant is safe, remove the cap.

Figure 77

6. Fill with the proper mix of antifreeze/coolant and water for the system and for the prevailing weather conditions.

7. Start the engine, and let it run at low idle until the engine reaches operating temperature. Recheck the level of the system.

5-41

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 2000 HOUR MAINTENANCE REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER

1

WARNING: During operation the machine components and tubes may reach high temperatures. Turn off the machine and let it cool before starting check and maintenance operations: danger of burns.

1

The air filter should be checked periodically for dirt and debris build up.

Replace the engine primary and secondary air filter every 2000 hours or each year, whichever occurs first.

NOTE: Replace the primary element if the filter warning lamp on the instrument cluster illuminates or the audible alarm sounds. Should the caution warnings continue after replacing the primary filter, replace the secondary filter as well.

BD06F018

4. Release the four clips (1) that secure the filter cover. Remove the cover.

5. Remove the primary and secondary filters.

BD06F015

BD06F106

Figure 78

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.

Figure 79

Figure 80

6. Wipe the inside of the filter body, and clean any dirt and debris away before installing the new filters.

2. Lower bucket/attachment to the ground and install the transport/service link into the lock position.

3. Access the engine air filters by raising the hood.

The engine air filter is located on the right hand side of the machine, behind the main engine compartment.

BD06F016

7. Install the new secondary filter.

5-42

Figure 81

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 2000 HOUR MAINTENANCE

Figure 82

BD06F017

8. Install the new primary filter.

1 1

BD06F018

Figure 83

9. Install the air filter cover and lock the four clips (1) to lock the cover on.

BD06F018

Figure 84

10. Push on the end of dust valve to drain dust and debris from filter housing.

11. Close the engine hood.

5-43

CHAPTER 5 - LUBRICATION, FILTERS, AND FLUIDS 2000 HOUR MAINTENANCE LUBRICATE DOOR AND WINDOW HINGES Lubricate the door and window hinges when the hourmeter registers 2000 hours or more often if conditions so require.

BD07G071

Figure 85

Lubricate all door hinges to prevent rust and to allow ease of opening.

BD07G070

Figure 86

Lubr icate all swinging window hinges paying particular attention to the emergency exit.

5-44

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CAB PROTECTION SYSTEM (ROPS/FOPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Torque Specifications for ROPS Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Wheel Bolt Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Check Engine Accessory Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Check Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Check Injector Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Engine Valve Lash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Checking for Cylinder Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Loader Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Height Control and Return to Travel Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 XT Return to Dig Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Z-Bar Return to Dig Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Calibrating the Gear Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Transmission Declutch Pressure Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Parking Brake Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Secondary Steering Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 CAB SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Air Conditioning (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Cab Headliner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

6-1

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

NOTES

6-2

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CAB PROTECTION SYSTEM (ROPS/FOPS) The machine is provided with a safety structure for the operator: anti-over turn s a fe t y s y s t e m ( R O P S ) a c c o r d i n g t o directives ISO 3471, SAE 1040C and safety system against the fall of objects (FOPS) according to the directives ISO 3449, SAE J231 protection level 2. A ROPS can consist of the cab frame or of a two or four uprights structure used for the safety of the operator, so as to minimize the possibility of severe injuries. The structure and the fastening devices which constitute the connection with the machine are part of the ROPS. The Protective Structure is a special safety component of your machine.

DO NOT attach any device to the Protective Structure for pulling purposes. DO NOT drill holes to the Protective Structure.

The Protective Structure and interconnecting components are a certified system. Any damage, fire, corrosion or modification will weaken the str ucture and reduce your protection. If this occurs, the Protective Structure MUST be replaced so that it will provide the same protection as a new Protective Structure. Contact your dealer for Protective Str ucture inspection and replacement.

After an accident, fire, tip or roll over, the following MUST be performed by a qualified technician before returning the machine to field or job site operation: The Protective Str ucture MUST be replaced.

T h e m o u n t i n g o r s u s p e n s i o n fo r t h e Protective Structure, operator seat and suspension, seat belts and mounting components and wiring within the operator’s p r o t e c t i ve s y s t e m M U S T b e c a r e f u l l y inspected for damage.

All damaged parts MUST be replaced.

DO NOT WELD, DRILL HOLES, ATTEMPT TO STRAIGHTEN OR REPAIR THE PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE. MODIFICATION IN ANY WAY CAN REDUCE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE WHICH COULD CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY IN THE EVENT OF FIRE, TIP, ROLLOVER, COLLISION OR ACCIDENT. IMPORTANT: for total safety of use, in case of fire the machine cab has been designed to prevent flame propagation and to limit combustion, pursuant to European standard ISO 3795.

The Loader has a ROPS/FOPS decal showing the cer tification of the ROPS/FOPS, gross weight, approval, regulation, and model number of the machine.

W190M081

Figure 1

Check and inspect the ROPS/FOPS structure and the seat restraint system ever y 500 hours of operation.

BD06G176

Figure 2

Before you operate this machine, always make sure the ROPS/FOPS and operator’s seat belt is correctly installed.

The seat belt is an impor tant par t of the ROPS/FOPS. You must wear the seat belt at all times when you operate the machine.

Make sure all hardware that secures the seat to the cab is properly torqued. Make sure all seat belt hardware is secure and torqued.

Torque seat belt hardware to: 54-64 lb. ft. (73 - 87 Nm).

Keep seat belts away from objects that can damage the seat belts.

Keep the seat belts clean. Wash the seat belts only in soap and water. Do not put the seat belts in bleach or dye. This will weaken the seat belt.

6-3

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS OPERATOR PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROPS CAB

BD00M101

Figure 3

Check the torque of the mounting bolts for the ROPS canopy and the ROPS cab during the run-in period of a n ew m a c h i n e , a s w e l l a s a t t h e 5 0 0 h o u r maintenance interval.

1. Check for cracks, rust, or holes in the ROPS and ROPS components. Age, weather, and accidents can cause damage to the ROPS and ROPS parts. If you have any doubt about the integrity of the ROPS system, see your Case Dealer.

WARNING: Adding additional weight (bucket/attachments, etc.) to the machine can cause injury or death. Do not exceed the gross weight printed on the ROPS label.

Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

SA028

Figure 4

6397

2. Check the torque of the ROPS mounting bolts. If necessary, tighten the bolts to the correct torque.

Torque Specifications ROPS cab mounting bolts (both sides) Torque to: 773 - 854 Nm (570 - 630 lb. ft.)

Seat mounting bolts Torque to: 73 - 87 Nm (54 - 64 lb. ft.)

NOTE: Torque specifications are for clean, dry threads.

6-4

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS WHEELS AND TIRES WARNING: Exploding tires and / or rim parts can cause injury or death. Keep yourself and others out of the danger area. Stand on the tread side of the tire. Always use the correct air pressure and follow the instructions in this manual for adding air or servicing the tires.

SD020

WARNING: Explosive separation of the tire and / or rim parts can cause injury or death. When tire service is necessary, have a qualified tire technican service the tire.

84-113

WARNING: DO NOT weld to wheel or rim when a tire is installed. Welding will cause an explosive air / gas mixture that will be ignited with high temperatures. This can happen to tires inflated or deflated. Removing air or breaking the bead is not adequate. Tires MUST be completely removed from the rim prior to welding. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

SB134

BALLAST Adding ballast to the tires of your wheel loader is NOT recommended. Make sure tires are properly inflated.

B910410J

Figure 5

The above illustration show danger areas caused by exploding tires and / or rim parts. KEEP YOURSELF AND OTHERS OUT OF THESE DANGER AREAS. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area.

The next page shows the correct methods that you MUST use when adding air or servicing a tire.

6-5

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS 250 HOUR MAINTENANCE TIRE PRESSURE Check tire pressure when the hourmeter registers 250 hours or more frequently when operating conditions warrant.

WARNING: Exploding tires and / or rim parts can cause injury or death. Keep yourself and others out of the DANGER AREA. Stand on the tread side of the tire. Always use the correct air pressure and follow the instructions in this manual for adding air or servicing the tires. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.

B790490R

Figure 6

To add air to a tire: WARNING: Explosive separation of the tire and / or rim parts can cause injury or death.

When tire service is necessary, have a qualified tire technican service the tire.

This procedure is only for adding air to the tire. If the tire has lost most or all of the air, do the following: 1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area.

2. Before you add air, have the wheel correctly installed on the machine or put the wheel in a restraining device (tire inflation cage).

Service Specifications Normal Work Tire Inflations: Tire Type

Front Pressure

Rear Pressure

20.5 X 25 L2 Bias

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

20.5 R 25 L2 Radial

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

20.5 X 25 L3 Bias

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

20.5 R 25 L3 Radial

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

23.5 X 25 L2 Bias

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

23.5 R 25 L3 Bias

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

23.5 X 25 L2 Radial

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

23.5 R 25 L3 Radial

3.4 bar (50 psi)

2.8 bar (40 psi)

BD03A024

Figure 7

3. Use an air hose with a remote shutoff valve and a self-locking air chuck.

4. Stand BEHIND the tread of the tire and make sure ALL personnel are away from the side of the tire before you start.

5. Inflate the tire to the recommended air pressure.

D O N OT i n f l a t e t h e t i r e m o r e t h a n t h e recommended pressure.

6-6

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS WHEEL BOLT TORQUE 721E

TIRE OR RIM SERVICE Always have a qualified tire technician service the tires and rims for this machine. It is recommended that you have the technician inflate the tires. To prevent accidents, use a restraining device (tire inflation cage), correct equipment, and correct procedure. Explosive separation of the tire (single piece rim) or the tire and / or rim parts (multi-piece rim) can cause serious injury or death.

1

10

8

6

Tire Tread Direction

12 3

4 5

11 9

7 2

Figure 9

8500170

B770164R

Figure 8

When the tire is installed on the wheel make sure the tire tread is in the direction shown.

Tighten the wheel bolts using the sequence shown.

First tighten the bolts to 278 Nm (220 pound-feet), then tighten to a final torque of 640 - 720 Nm (475-530 lb. ft.), using the same sequence.

WHEEL BOLT TORQUE 821E

WHEEL BOLT TORQUE

16

If the machine is new or if a wheel has been removed and installed, check the torque of the wheel bolts after every 10 hours of operation until the wheel bolts stay tight. Check wheel bolt torque every 20 hours until torque is stable.

1

9 5

8

13

12

3

4

Use a hand wrench (not an impact) to tighten wheel bolts to pull the wheel against the planetary housing.

11

14 7

6 10

87307434

2

15

Figure 10

Tighten the wheel bolts using the sequence shown.

First tighten the bolts to 278 Nm (220 pound-feet), then tighten to a final torque of 640 - 720 Nm (475-530 lb. ft.), using the same sequence.

6-7

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECK ENGINE ACCESSORY BELT Maintenance Specifications Visual check . . . . . . Every 250 hours or as required Replace belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 1000 hours Check the belt for correct tension, wear, and damage. Wrong belt tension may cause battery charge failure, engine overheating, or belt wear.

IMPORTANT: If the engine runs with the drive belt loose, the drive belt can slip and cause the engine to overheat or the battery to receive insufficient charge.

WARNING: Rotating parts can cause serious personal injury. Keep away from fan and belt when engine is running. Make sure to stop engine before servicing. Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

BD06F033

Figure 12

5. To replace belt, actuate the belt tensioner with a 3/8 inch breaker bar just enough to release the tension on the drive belt.

6. Remove the belt. To install the new belt, lay it over the alternator, crankshaft pulleys, and complete the turn while lifting the tensioner with the breaker bar.

Check Drive Belt

CHECK INJECTOR CALIBRATION This procedure should be performed by a qualified service technician when the hourmeter registers 1000 hours. Contact your dealer.

CHECK ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCES

BD06G096

Figure 11

1. Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, and apply the parking brake.

2. Open the hood and turn the master disconnect switch off.

3. You can visually check the belt at this point. If the belt is damaged, cracked, or frayed, replace as necessary.

4. If the belt requires replacement or adjustment, remove the 4 screws that hold the protective cover in place.

6-8

This procedure should be performed by a qualified service technician when the hourmeter registers 4000 hours. Contact your dealer.

HOSES AND WIRING Check all hoses and wiring for damage. If damage occurred, see your dealer for repair or replacement.

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS INSPECTING AND CLEANING THE MACHINE

WELDING ON THE MACHINE Whenever carrying out a welding operation on the machine as authorized by the manufacturer and in accordance with manufacturer’s instr uctions, disconnect the batteries, disconnect the alternator B+ and D+ terminal wires, and connect the welding apparatus ground cable to the component on which the welding operation is to be performed.

Always connect the welding apparatus to the same structure that is being welded.

Never connect the welding apparatus ground to a component of the hydraulic system.

Maintenance Specifications Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Periodically WARNING: Wear face protection when using high pressure water jets. Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

Clean immediately if oil or grease has been spilled on the machine. Clean with steam or a high pressure water jet.

Look for any leaks, and check the condition of all pipes and hoses.

WARNING: Any unauthorized modifications made to this machine can cause serious injury or death. Do not undertake any modifications without first consulting your dealer.

Take the opportunity during this operation to make a visual check of all the welded components (in case of appearance of cracks), the bucket/attachment linkages and check the teeth and tooth tips for correct retention and for wear.

CHECKING FOR CYLINDER LEAKAGE

PLASTIC AND RESIN PARTS

A cylinder rod should be slightly oily. Check that there are no leaks after a period of work, when the whole hydraulic system is at normal operating temperature.

When cleaning the plastic windows, the console, the instrument panel, the indicators, etc. do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint solvents, etc. Only use water, soap and a soft cloth.

1. Wipe the rod and bearing clean on the cylinder to be checked.

2. Operate normally for five or ten minutes.

3. Extend the cylinder rod.

The use of gasoline, kerosene, paint solvents, etc. will cause discoloration, cracks or deformation of these parts.

4. Carry out the leak test.

ROD APPEARANCE

TEST

CONCLUSION

Slight traces of oil when a Dry piece of paper is wiped over 20 cm (7.8 in) of the rod.

Normal

Slightly Paper remains stuck to rod greasy when run over rod.

Normal

Oily Paper remains stuck when placed on rod.

Normal

Very oily or Each time the cylinder rod weeping is extended, a ring of oil can be seen on the rod.

Each time the rod retracts, Leakage the excess oil drips from the gland.

See your dealer

6-9

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS FIRE EXTINGUISHER (NOT SUPPLIED) A fire extinguisher is a strongly recommended piece of equipment for your machine. An extinguisher is not supplied but can be purchased separately.

The position designed for the fire extinguisher (1) is on the left side of the air recycle filter protection grid support (2) behind the operator seat.

The fire extinguisher equipping the machine must comply with local regulations.

Make sure that it is constantly kept in perfect working conditions and that the operating instructions provided by themanufacturer on the fire extinguisher itself have been properly understood.

To use the fire extinguisher in the event of fire:

• remove the fire extinguisher from its support; • remove the safety pin; • press the control lever full stroke and direct the jet toward the base of the fire.

WARNING: Ventilate the area after use in enclosed spaces.

NOTE: Recharge after use, even if partial.

2

1 W190M078

Maintenance Specification Every month Examine the fire extinguisher and make sure it is not damaged.

Every six months Have an approved specialist empty, and refill the powder in the fire extinguisher.

Every year Have an approved specialist examine the fire extinguisher.

6-10

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS LOADER ADJUSTMENTS HEIGHT CONTROL AND RETURN TO TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

6 2

5

1 4

3

Figure 13

BS00N076

1. Proximity Switch

4. Height Control Target

2. Return to Travel Target

5. Lift Arm

3. Target Mounting Plate

6. Front Chassis (top left hand side)

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on firm, level ground.

4. Locate the return to travel target opposite the proximity switch and then tighten it to the target mounting plate. Next adjust the proximity switch out toward the target until and air gap of 3.5 to 5.0 mm (1/8 to 3/16 inch) is obtained. Lock the proximity switch in position with its jam nut.

Torque the jam nut to 6.77 Nm (5 ft.lbs).

2. Start the engine, and apply the parking brake.

3. Lower the lift arms, and place the bucket flat on the ground. Stop the engine.

NOTE: To avoid damage to the proximity switch (1), it must be adjusted back away from the lift arm to clear everything on the lift arm as it sweeps past.

6-11

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

A

6. The location of the return to travel target within its slot in the target mounting plate will determine where the lift arms will automatically stop while they are lowered. The higher this target is located in its slot in the target mounting plate the lower the lift arms will automatically stop as they are lowered. Position the target per the table.

Tighten the target in this position.

2

B

4

Figure 14

BX00N077

2.) Return to Travel Target 4.) Height Control Target 5. The location of the height control target within its slot in the target mounting plate will determine the automatic stopping height of the lift arms as t h ey a r e ra i s e d . T h e h ig h e r t h e t a r g e t i s positioned in its slot in the target mounting plate, the lower the lift arms will automatically stop as they are raised. Position the target per the table.

Tighten the target in this position.

Machine

A mm (in)

approximate resulting return to travel hinge pin height mm (in)

7. Make sure the proximity switch and all the mounting bolts are tight. Start the engine. Set the detent switch to the on position, and set the return to travel/float detent switch to the return to travel position. Raise the lift ar ms to approximately the horizontal position. Put the loader control lever in the raise position, and verify that the electromagnet holds it in that position until the height control target passes in front of the proximity switch. Next, with the lift arms still raised, put the loader control lever in the lower position, and ver ify that the electromagnet holds it in that position until the return to travel target passes in front of the proximity switch. Position the bucket flat on the ground. Shut the machine off.

B mm (in)

approximate resulting height control hinge pin height mm (in)

721E Z-Bar

54 (2.12)

380 (14.96)

48 (1.89)

3302 (130)

721E XT

51 (2.00)

403 (15.87)

43 (1.69)

3302 (130)

721E XR

58 (2.28)

461 (18.15)

54 (2.12)

4000 (157.48)

821E Z-Bar

56 (2.20)

414 (16.30)

42 (1.65)

3302 (130)

821E XR

70 (2.76)

587 (23.11)

61 (2.40)

4000 (157.48)

6-12

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS XT RETURN TO DIG PROCEDURE

1 2 6 5

3

4

Figure 15

BS00N078

1. Tilt Cylinder (Left Hand Side)

4. Target Bar

2. Proximity Switch Mounting Bracket

5. Proximity Switch

3. Proximity Switch Guard

6. Target Mounting Bracket

1. Start the engine. Raise the lift arms until they are approximately horizontal. Roll the bucket all the way back. Lower the arms until they are on the ground. Shut the machine off.

6. Turn the ignition switch to the on position (not accessory position). Do not start the engine.

Position the bucket control lever to the full roll back position. The electromagnetic detent should hold the control lever in this position.

2. Loosen the bolts holding the target mounting bracket to the tilt cylinder clevis. Align the target mounting bracket parallel to the tilt cylinder, and tighten the bolts.

3. Loosen the bolts holding the target bar to the target mounting bracket. Align the target bar parallel to the tilt cylinder, and tighten the bolts.

4. Loosen the bolts holding the proximity switch mounting bracket to the cylinder. Position the proximity switch face parallel to the target bar surface, and tighten the bolts. Next adjust the proximity switch out toward the target bar until and air gap of 3.5 - 5.0 mm (1/8 - 3/16 inch) is obtained. The proximity switch must not protrude past the proximity switch guard. Lock the proximity switch in position with its jam nut.

Torque the jam nut to 6.77 Nm (5.0 ft. lbs).

5. Start the engine. Position the bucket flat on the ground. Shut the machine off. Loosen the bolts holding the target bar to the target mounting bracket. Slide the target bar away from the proximity switch until the face of the proximity switch is completely uncovered. Align the target bar parallel to the tilt cylinder, and tighten the bolts.

7. Loosen the bolts holding the target bar to the target mounting bracket. Slowly slide the target bar towards the proximity switch. When the proximity switch face is nearly covered by the target bar, the switch will be activated, and the control lever will return to the center position.

Tighten the bolts maintaining this location of the target bar. Verify that the 3.5 to 5.0 mm (1/8-3/16 inch) gap is maintained between the target bar and the proximity switch.

8. Make sure the proximity switch and all the mounting bolts are tight. Start the engine. Set the detent switch to the on position, and set the return to travel/float detent switch to the return to travel position. Raise the lift ar ms to approximately the horizontal position. Position the bucket to the fully dumped position. Put the loader control lever in the roll back position, and verify that the electromagnet holds it in that position until the end of the target bar passes in front of the proximity switch. Lower the lift arms to the ground, and verify the bucket is flat on the ground..

6-13

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS Z-BAR / XR RETURN TO DIG ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

1

2

3

7 6

5 4

Figure 16

BS00N079

1. Bell Crank

4. Proximity Switch Guard

2. Target Mounting Bracket

5. Proximity Switch

3. Tilt Cylinder

6. Proximity Switch Mounting Bracket 7. Target Bar

1. Start the engine. Raise the lift arms until they are approximately horizontal. Fully dump the bucket.

Lower the arms until bucket edge is on the ground. Shut the machine off.

2. Loosen the bolts holding the target mounting bracket to the tilt cylinder eye. Align the target mounting bracket parallel to the tilt cylinder, and tighten the bolts.

3. Loosen the bolts holding the target bar to the target mounting bracket. Align the target bar parallel to the tilt cylinder, and tighten the bolts.

4. Loosen the bolts holding the proximity switch mounting bracket to the tilt cylinder. Position the proximity switch face parallel to the target bar surface, and tighten the bolts. Next adjust the proximity switch out toward the target bar until an air gap of 3.5 to 5.0 mm (1/8 to 3/16 inch) is obtained. The proximity switch must not protrude past the proximity switch guard. Lock the proximity switch in position with its jam nuts.

Torque the jam nut to 6.77 Nm (5.0 ft. lbs).

6-14

5. Start the engine. Position the bucket flat on the ground. Shut the machine off. Loosen the bolts holding the target bar to the target mounting bracket. Slide th e ta rge t bar t owar ds the proximity switch until the face of the proximity switch is completely covered. Align the target bar parallel to the tilt cylinder, and tighten the bolts.

6. Turn the ignition switch to the on position (not accessory position). Do not start the engine.

Position the bucket control lever to the full roll back position. The electromagnetic detent should hold the control lever in this position.

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS 7. Loosen the bolts holding the target bar to the target mounting bracket. Slowly slide the target bar away from the proximity switch. When the proximity switch face is nearly uncovered, the switch will be activated, and the control lever will return to the center position. Tighten the bolts maintaining this location of the target bar. Verify that the 3.5 to 5.0 mm (1/8 to 3/16 inch) gap is maintained between the target bar and the proximity switch.

8. Make sure the proximity switch and all the mounting bolts are tight. Start the engine. Set the detent switch to the on position, and set the return to travel/float detent switch to the return to travel position. Raise the lift ar ms to approximately the horizontal position. Position the bucket to the fully dumped position. Put the loader control lever in the roll back position, and verify that the electromagnet holds it in that position until the end of the target bar passes in front of the proximity switch. Lower the lift arms to the ground, and verify the bucket is flat on the ground

6-15

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS CALIBRATING THE GEAR BOX Calibrate the gear box when the hourmeter registers 250 hours for a new machine during the initial run-in period. The gear box calibration should be performed at every 1000 hours thereafter.

After running the machine to war m the oil temperature: 1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.

2. Place the NEUTRAL.

transmission

control

lever

in

3. Set the parking brake.

BD06F196

4. With the engine running at idle, enter the service screen menu and scroll to Config screen. Press the confirm key.

If machine conditions are incorrect, an error message will appear. The calibration procedure will not complete. Follow the prompts to aid in correcting any machine conditions.

Figure 19

The screen may display the following prompts to guide the user to correct machine conditions:

• • • • • • •

BD06F202

Figure 17

Use down arrow button to scroll to Calib G/B. Highlight Calib. G/B, and press the confirm key.

Always follow the prompts on the screen. Should an error occur, use the escape key to start over again.

Not in neutral Parking Brake OFF Machine moving Oil temp too low Oil temp too high Engine RPM low Engine RPM high

If conditions are correct, the user will see six calibration screens displayed. They will appear in the following order: • Adjust K1 • Adjust K2 • Adjust K3 • Adjust K4 • Adjust KV • Adjust KR Once the calibration process is complete, the user will be prompted to turn the engine Off and restart the machine.

If the process is not completed, the screen will prompt the user to escape.

BD06F195

Figure 18

The screen will show a confirm prompt. If you doubt your ability to perform this operation, press the escape key and call your dealer.

6-16

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS TRANSMISSION DECLUTCH PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

1

4. The adjustable declutch pressure switch is set to 10.34 bar (150 psi) plus or minus 0.55 bar (8 psi) from the factory. For every 1/4 turn of the outer body there is a 1.03 bar (15 psi) pressure change in the switch. The pressure change is the same in either the clockwise or counter clockwise direction.

2

5. Tighten the set screw (1) located near the end of the adjustable transmission declutch pressure switch. Test the adjusted declutch function for desired effect in a clear open area away from obstacles. Readjust as desired.

6. The transmission declutch is activated by brake pressure. A higher brake pressure to activate the declutch function is desirable when operating on inclines. Higher brake pressure is the result of increasing brake pedal travel. A lower brake pressure to activate the declutch function is desirable when operating on firm, flat terrain.

Lower brake pressure is the result of limited brake pedal travel.

BD07A200

Figure 20

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on firm, level ground.

Lower the arms until bucket edge is on the ground. Apply the parking brake, and stop the engine.

2. Loosen the set screw (1) located near the end of the adjustable transmission declutch pressure switch.

3. Rotate the outer body (2) of the adjustable transmission declutch pressure switch in either the clockwise or counter clockwise direction.

Turning the outer body clockwise will increase the amount of brake pressure required to activate the declutch function. Turning the outer body counter clockwise will decrease the amount of brake pressure required to activate the declutch function. Adjust the adjustable transmission declutch pressure switch according to operator preference.

6-17

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS PARKING BRAKE TEST

BD06F198 BD06F099

Figure 21

Parking brakes should be tested periodically. If you doubt your ability to perform this procedure correctly, call your dealer.

Figure 22

The screen will change to the test park brake screen and request confirmation. To confirm, press the confirm key again.

Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area when performing the parking brake test.

WARNING: Parking brake tests should only be performed by a skilled, qualified operator or technician. This test requires running the engine at high RPM’s. Failure to comply could result in machine damage, injury, or death.

Park the machine on a firm, level surface clear of any obstructions and any non-authorized personnel or vehicles. Run the machine at low idle in third gear neutral. Place the transmission auto switch to the manual position.

Place the parking brake switch to the ON position.

BD06F199

Figure 23

Follow the prompts on the screen to complete the park brake test. If all conditions are not met to test the brake, the monitor will display the condition that must be corrected prior to completion of the test. The parking brake must be engaged.

With the engine running at idle, enter the Service Screen Menu and scroll to the Config. menu.

1. When all conditions are met, the monitor will display: Test Park Brake Ready.

Use the arrow key to scroll to the sub menu Park Brake. Highlight Park Brake on the menu and press the confirm key.

2. Shift the gear selector into third gear forward, and slowly increase the engine speed to full open throttle.

3. Verify that the machine does not move.

4. Reduce ending speed to low idle, and return the transmission to neutral.

5. Shift the gear selector to third gear reverse and slowly increase the engine speed to wide open throttle.

6. Verify that the machine does not move.

7. Reduce the engine speed to low idle and return the transmission to neutral.

8. Press the escape key on the key pad to exit the test mode.

6-18

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS PARKING BRAKE CHECK NOTE: Test the parking brake at a minimum of every 250 hours.

Before you operate the machine, periodically test the parking brake functions.

E. Pump the service brakes, the low brake pressure warning light should come ON. Continue to pump the service brakes. Pump until the parking brake light comes ON, pump the brakes three more times. This could require as many as forty brake pumps.

F. Start the engine and allow the brake pressure to build until the warning light goes off.

G. Depress the service brake and release. The light must stay ON. H. Put the transmission in F or R and back to N the brake light must stay ON. I. Put the parking brake switch in the engaged position, attempt B and C in Step 1. The parking brake light must stay ON. 4. Put the parking brake switch in the release position, attempt B and C in Step 1. The parking brake light must turn OFF.

BD06F099

Figure 24

A. Push the Parking Brake switch to the release position.

A. Allow the machine to roll slowly forward with the transmission in F. Engage the parking brake. The machine must come to a stop immediately. Parking light ON. Transmission disengages.

B. Service brake depressed indicating brake lights.

If there is any problem with the parking brake test, contact your dealer.

1. To release the parking brake, all the following are required:

C. Transmission shifter positioned from N to F or R for a second, and back to N. D. Adequate service brake pressure to stop the machine.

2. The parking brake will engage under the following conditions. Always wear your seat belt in the event that the par king brake would unexpectedly engage.

A. Loss of service brake pressure in both axles.

B. Loss of system electrical power (key OFF).

C. Parking Brake switch in engaged position.

3. To test these functions: A. Start on a clear level surface.

B. With Step 1, A through C complete, start the engine, and release the parking brake. The red warning light should be out.

C. Turn the engine off. Turn the key switch to the ON position. With the engine off, the parking brake light should come ON. D. Release the parking brake using B and C in Step 1. Make sure the parking brake light is out.

6-19

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS SECONDARY STEERING CHECK Check the secondary steering (if equipped) when the hourmeter reads 250 hours or any time electronic warnings may so indicate.

IMPORTANT: Do not run the secondary steering pump/motor continuously for more than 20 seconds at a time without a 2 minute cool down.

7. Restart the engine. Confirm the secondary steering light stays on. The secondary steering motor should stop after approximately 3 seconds and the secondary steering light should go out.

8. If steps 2 through 7 function properly, the secondary steering is operating correctly. If not, repair and retest. If you have any problems with this procedure, call your dealer.

BD06F096-3

Figure 25

WARNING: The secondary steering system is electrically powered. This system allows you to steer the machine if the primary steering system stops working. Maintain the batteries to assure the system will function.

Failure to comply could cause machine damage, injury or death.

1. Keep all non-authorized personnel clear of the area. Park the machine on hard packed level ground with enough clearance around the machine to allow complete steering from side to side. Raise the bucket approximately 500 mm (20 in.) above the ground.

2. With the key switch on and the engine off, confirm the secondary steering light within the cluster is on. This indicates the steering pressure is low.

3. Start the machine and let the engine run for a few seconds. Confirm the secondary steering light is out after the first few seconds. This confirms the electrical function of the circuit is operating correctly and adequate pressure has built. The secondary steering module is now functional.

4. With the machine at low idle and steering straight ahead, turn the key switch to the OFF position to stop the engine. Immediately turn the key back to t h e O N p o s i ti o n ( n o t s t a r t p o s i t i o n ) . T h e secondary steering pump/motor should start running. Confirm the light is on and the motor is running.

5. Steer the machine full left and then full right to confirm that the secondary steering pump is working. Confirm there is no lack of steering function.

6. Look at the instrument cluster to verify that the secondary steering light comes on.

6-20

WARNING: Do not turn the key switch off if the machine is steered against either the right hand or left hand steering stop. The steering wheel may kick back. Failure to comply could cause machine damage, injury or death.

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS

CAB SERVICE AIR CONDITIONING (IF EQUIPPED) The components of the operator’s cab, including the components of the air conditioning system, require service at different intervals. Service the following items as required to maintain maximum operating efficiency.

WARNING: Liquid refrigerant can cause severe and painful frostbite to your skin. Do not attempt to service the air conditioningsystemonthismachineunlessyouarecompletelyfamiliarwithairconditioningsystemsandthesafety precautionswhichmustbefollowed.Seriousinjurycanresultifyoudonotfollowtheseinstructions.Failuretocomply could cause injury or death.

SA048

LUBRICATION OF THE AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR SEALS

RADIATOR/COOLER ACCESS FOR CLEANING

WARNING: Use a safety type air tool and wear fullcoveragesafetyglasseswithsidepanelswhen using compressed air. Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

Operate the air conditioning once every 250 hours to lub r icat e th e co m pr ess or s ea ls. Tu r n th e a ir conditioning control to MAXIMUM for at least 15 minutes. In temperatures below 0°C (32°F) put a cover over the air conditioning condenser. This will make sure the refrigerant and lubricants in the system will be at operating temperature.

BD06F038

Figure 27

Additional radiator access can be gained on both the left and right hand sides of the machine.

1. Remove bolts from each end of the plastic fender insert.

2. Slide fender insert to the rear of the machine 25mm (1 inch) to disengage fender insert from rear frame side plate.

3. The lower areas and radiator/cooler in general can be cleaned using a shop-vacuum and or pressure washer.

Figure 26

BD006F030

CONDENSER

Keep the air conditioning condenser core clean. Use safety type compressed air tool or a rigid brush to clean the condenser. Also check and clean the grille screen.

IMPORTANT: Because the condenser fins bend easily, use care when cleaning the condenser.

IMPORTANT: Be careful not to bend or damage radiator/cooler fins during cleaning. DO NOT exceed 6890 kPa (1000 psi) nozzle pressure when cleaning.

Check the radiator, coolers and engine compartment for build up of debris, dirt and material that might impede cooling components functions. This is particularly important under extreme conditions.

Inspection intervals should be adjusted accordingly.

6-21

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS OPERATOR’S SEAT

CAB HEADLINER

Remove dust and dirt from the seat with a vacuum cleaner or soft brush. Clean stains with the correct use of a material cleaner.

The foam headliner in your cab decreases noise. To keep the headliner in good operating condition, remove dust with a vacuum cleaner.

Before removing stains, try to find what type and how old the stains are. Some stains can be removed with water or soap solution.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT wash the headliner with water. Water can cause damage to the headliner and lower the noise control capacity of the headliner.

WARNING: Never use gasoline, naptha or any other volatile material for any cleaning purposes. These materials may be toxic and/or flammable. Failure to comply could cause injury or death.

SA049

Cleaning Fluid - This type of cleaner can be used for grease or oil stains. Carefully remove the item that caused the stain with a scraper or a dull knife.

Use a minimum amount of cleaner and a clean cloth.

Move the cloth from the outside of the stain towards the center. When the stain is removed, use a clean cloth to dry the area to prevent a cleaning fluid pattern.

6-22

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

Chapter 7 ELECTRICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Battery Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cleaning the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Access to the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connecting Booster Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check Battery Fluid Level and Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-4 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-5 7-5 7-6 7-6

FUSES AND RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Replacement Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 MACHINE LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Work Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rotating Beacon Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary Power Outlet (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-11 7-11 7-12 7-13

7-1

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

NOTES

7-2

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BATTERY SAFETY WARNING: Before you service a battery, always wear face protection, protective gloves and protective clothing. Battery acid or battery explosion can cause serious injuries.

Failure to comply can cause injury or death.

SA046

WARNING: Batteries give off explosive gases. Keep all open flames, sparks and cigarettes away. Insure adequate ventilation when charging batteries or when using in a confined place. Always protect your face when working near batteries. Failure to comply can cause injury or death.

SAFETY_ID_1C02

WARNING: Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.

Failure to comply can cause injury or death.

Antidote - EXTERNAL: flush with water.

INTERNAL: drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetable oil. Call physician immediately.

EYES: flush with water for 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention.

SB032

WARNING: When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery can explode if, (1) you try to charge the battery, or (2) you try to jump start and run the engine. To prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to keep the battery at full charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or others in the area can be injured. Failure to comply can cause injury or death.

SA033

WARNING: Connecting jump start (booster battery) cables incorrectly or short- circuiting battery terminals can cause an accident.

Connect auxiliary starting cables as per the following instructions. Failure to comply can cause injury or death.

WARNING: Sparks or flame can cause hydrogen gas in a battery to explode. To prevent an explosion, do the following: 1. When you DISCONNECT the battery cables, always disconnect the negative (1) battery cable first.

2. When you CONNECT the battery cables, always connect the negative (-) cable last.

3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal items.

4. Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.

Failure to comply can cause injury or death.

SB034

WARNING: Do not reverse battery terminals. Connect positive cable ends to positive (+) terminals and negative cable ends to negative terminals (-). Failure to comply can cause machine damage, injury or death.

SAFETY_ID_1C02

WARNING: Before any operation on the components of the electrical circuit, put the key switch in the off position. When disconnecting the battery cables, always disconnect the negative (-) cable first. When reconnecting the battery cables, always connect the negative (-) cable last. Failure to comply can cause machine damage, injury or death.

SAFETY_ID_1C02

WARNING: Whenever carrying out a welding operation on the machine (authorized by the manufacturer and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions) or any repairs on the electrical system, disconnect the B+ and D+ wires from the alternator. When reconnecting, check the markings on the wires. Failure to comply with the following warnings could result in machine damage, serious injury, or death.

SAFETY_ID_1C02

7-3

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

BATTERIES BATTERY SERVICE

BATTERY FLUID LEVEL

Before you service components of the electrical system, always disconnect the NEGATIVE (-) battery cable.

Check the fluid level of the batteries every 500 hours of operation. If the fluid level is low, add distilled water to each cell until the fluid level is at the split ring at the bottom of each cell opening.

Dirt, moisture, and corrosion on the battery will discharge the battery. Clean the battery with Case Battery Saver and Cleaner. Follow the instructions on the container.

Disconnect the alternator wires if you must run the engine with the battery wires disconnected.

Whenever carrying out a welding operation on the machine as authorized by the manufacturer and in accordance with manufacturer’s instr uctions, disconnect the batteries, disconnect the alternator B+ and D+ terminal wires, and connect the welding apparatus ground cable to the component on which the welding operation is to be performed.

Always connect the welding apparatus to the same structure that is being welded.

Never connect the welding apparatus ground to a component of the hydraulic system.

Do not use a steam cleaner or cleaning solvent to clean the alternator.

WARNING: - The gas of the batteries may explode. Keep sparks and flames away from the batteries.

Use a pocket light to check the electrolyte level.

- The sulphuric acid in the electrolyte of the batteries is poisonous. It may burn the skin, corrode the garments and cause blindness if sprayed into the eyes.

- To avoid dangers: 1. Top up the batteries in a well ventilated area.

2. Wear protective goggles and rubber gloves.

3. Do not inhale the vapours when you add distilled water.

4. Do not overturn and do not let the electrolyte drip.

5. If the acid gets in touch with the body: - Wash the skin with water.

- If sprayed into the eyes, wash with water for at least 15 minutes. Immediately refer to a physician.

- If the acid has been ingested, immediately refer to a physician.

7-4

In extreme heat conditions check battery fluid every 250 hours.

IMPORTANT: If the temperature is 0 °C (32 °F) or below and you have added water to the batteries, perform the following: Connect a battery charger to the batteries or operate the machine for approximately two hours. This procedure is necessary to mix the water with the electrolyte.

BATTERY VENTS Keep the battery vents clean, make sure the vents are not restricted.

CLEANING THE BATTERIES Check the batteries and batter y compar tment regularly for dirt, corrosion and damage. Dirt mixed with electrolyte or moisture on the top of the batteries can cause a discharged condition in the batteries.

Use one of the following methods to clean the batteries.

• Use Case Battery Saver. Follow the instructions on the container. This cleaner does not need water.

Use baking soda or ammonia and flush the outside of the batteries with water. If you do not have Case Battery Saver, use other special cleaners to prevent corrosion on the battery terminals.

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL ACCESS TO THE BATTERIES

CONNECTING BOOSTER BATTERIES

1

BD06G102

Figure 1

Figure 2

BD06G101

Service Specifications Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two 12 volt

Make sure that the voltage of the booster batteries is the same as that of the machine system (24 volts).

The machine is electronically powered by a 24 volt system.

1. Turn off the ignition and all accessories on the machine(s). Remove the battery cover from the left hand side of the machine. Remove the left battery terminal cover.

NOTE: If the machine needs to be started using a booster battery, see Connecting Booster Battery.

Batteries are enclosed in compartments on both the left and right hand rear of the machine. To access the batteries, loosen and remove the bolts (1) that hold the cover in place. (One battery on each side of machine). Handles are provided for easy removal and installation.

WARNING: Before carrying out any service work on electrical system components, turn the starter switch key to the “OFF” position. When disconnecting batteries, always disconnect the negative (-) cable first. When reconnecting batteries, always connect the negative (-) cable last. Failure to comply can cause machine damage, injury or death.

WARNING: Hydrogen gas may be present above the discharged battery. Do not make the negative connection directly to the discharged battery, as this may ignite the hydrogen gas. Failure to comply can cause machine damage, injury or death.

WARNING: An error when connecting booster battery cables or short-circuiting battery terminals can cause an accident. Be certain connections are correct. Failure to comply with the following warnings could result in serious injury or machine damage.

2. Connect one end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal on the booster battery.

Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) ter minal of the discharged battery.

3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal on the booster battery.

4. Connect the other end of the negative cable to the engine block or frame of the machine with the discharged battery. Do not connect it to sheet metal or any rotating part, as damage can result.

Do not connect to the negative terminal on the discharged battery.

5. Start the engine.

6. Remove the booster battery negative (-) cable from the machine, then from the booster battery.

Remove the positive (+) cable from the machine and then from the booster battery.

7. Install the terminal covers.

IMPORTANT: Booster batteries should be of the same voltage as that of the machine system (24 volts) and should be connected on the left side only.

WARNING: Do not invert battery terminals.

Connect positive cable ends to positive (+) terminals and negative cable ends to negative terminals (−). Failure to comply with the following warnings could result in serious injury or machine damage.

7-5

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL CHECK BATTERY FLUID LEVEL AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY

REPLACING A BATTERY

The battery fluid can decrease with high temperatures.

Check the battery fluid level in the morning before starting operation.

Remove the cell caps and check the level in each batteries cell. The level should be between 10 and 15 mm (.3 to .5 in) above the plates. Add distilled water if necessary, then install the cell caps.

Continuous use of the battery with low fluid will lower battery performance.

Check the battery fluid level periodically, and if insufficient, refill the battery with distilled water before the engine start-up (before charging battery).

BD06G101

Figure 4

Remove the terminal protection caps, disconnect negative terminal cables and then positive terminal cables. Remove the anti-sulfate pellets.

Remove the two screws, the washers, and retainer.

Remove the old battery.

Install new battery of the correct voltage and replace retainer, washers and screws.

Clean the cables and battery terminals, and coat with grease. Install new anti-sulfate pellets. Reconnect positive cable ends to positive ter minals first.

R e c o n n e c t n e g a t i ve c a bl e e n d s t o n e g a t i ve terminals, and install the terminal protection caps.

Figure 3

BD06H177A

BATTERY CAP

If the terminals are dirty, wash with warm water, Reinstall the terminals, applying grease or spraying rust preventive solution to create good connections. If the terminal is oxidized, polish it with a wire brush or emery paper.

NOTE: Measure the specific gravity of battery fluid with a gravimeter. The measured value will vary depending on the ambient temperature.

WARNING: Do not invert battery terminals.

Connect positive cable ends to positive (+) terminals and negative cable ends to negative terminals (−). Failure to comply could result in serious injury or machine damage.

ALTERNATOR Service Specification Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 1000 hours Ask your Dealer to check the alternator.

Make sure that the terminal protectors are correctly installed.

Do not use steam cleaning equipment or a cleaning solvent to clean the alternator.

STARTER MOTOR Service Specification Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 1000 hours Ask your Dealer to check the starter motor.

Make sure that the terminal protectors are correctly installed.

7-6

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

FUSES AND RELAYS

ECC

ECD

ECA

ECB

Figure 7

BD06G174

BD06G175

POWER MODULE CENTERS

Figure 5

B

E

D

A

Fuses and relays can be found inside the access door on the right hand side of the machine.

If power does not come when the key switch is turned to the ON position, check the appropriate fuse.

If a fuse has failed, an indicator light will be illuminated at the location on the panel.

IMPORTANT: Before changing fuses or relays, turn the ignition key switch to the OFF (Shut Down) position.

IMPORTANT: Never replace a fuse with a fuse of a different amperage.

To replace, pull the old fuse straight out and push the new fuse straight in. The amperage for each fuse is stamped on the fuse. Refer to the fuse panel decal for correct location of each fuse.

Figure 8

87397077

FUSE

AMP

FUNCTION

Power Relay Module B F1

40

Time Delay Power

F2

Spare Relay Time Delay

Power Relay Module E F1

20

Power Converter

F2

Spare Relay Power Converter

Power Relay Module D F1

40

Accessory Power

F2

Spare Relay Accessory Power

Power Relay Module A

BD07G065

F1

40

Ignition Power

F2

20

Secondary Steering

Figure 6

Relay Ignition Power

Additional fuses and relays are located in the right hand engine compartment area.

Power Relay Module C F1

40

Fuel Filter Heater

IMPORTANT: Never replace a fuse with a fuse of a different amperage.

F2

20

Voltmeter Relay Engine Compartment

7-7

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

BD07G069

The fuse decal is located inside the access door.

7-8

Figure 9

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL ECD FUSE PANEL

REPLACEMENT FUSES ECC FUSE PANEL

FUSE AMP

FUSE

AMP

FUNCTION

FUNCTION

F1

7.5

TRANSMISSION CONTROL

F1

7.5

DOME LAMP - BEACON

F2

30

ENGINE STARTER

F2

15

WORK LIGHTS

F3

10

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

10

12 VOLT AUX. PLUG

F3

15

ROAD LIGHTS

F4

F4

10

BRAKE LIGHTS - FLASHER

F5

10

12 VOLT AUX. PLUG

F5

10

ENGINE START

F6

10

RADIO

F6

7.5

HORN

F7

15

12 VOLT AUX. PLUG

F7

10

HOOD RAISE - LOWER

F8

F8

15

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

F9

BACKUP ALARM RELAY

F9

10

DIAGNOSTIC POWER

F10

BACKUP ALARM RELAY

F10 ECA FUSE PANEL

FUSE AMP F1

7.5

F2

5

F3

FUNCTION TRANSMISSION CONTROL

ECB FUSE PANEL

FUSE

AMP

FUNCTION

STEERING

F1

10

FRONT FLOOD LIGHTS

7.5

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

F2

10

REAR FLOOD LIGHTS

F4

7.5

SECONDARY STEERING

F3

5

HIGH BEAM LEFT

F5

5

RIDE CONTROL

F4

5

HIGH BEAM RIGHT

F6

5

PARKING BRAKE

F5

5

LOW BEAM LEFT

F7

7.5

COUPLER/FAN REVERSER

F6

5

LOW BEAM RIGHT

F8

5

TURN SIGNAL/FLASHER

F7

5

LEFT TAIL LIGHTS

F9

10

ENGINE STOP

F8

5

RIGHT TAIL LIGHTS

F11

25

BLOWER SWITCH

F12

10

FRONT WIPER

F13

10

REAR WIPER

F14

5

BACK-UP ALARM

F15

7.5

F10

AIR CONDITIONING

F16

10

COMPRESSOR (SEAT)

F17

7.5

SECONDARY STEERING

F18 F19 F20

7-9

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

RELAYS Relays are located behind the large panel on the right side of the machine.

BD06H187

Figure 10

Machine relays are located inside the access door on the right side of the machine below the cab.

7-10

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

MACHINE LIGHTS WORK LIGHTS

1

2 3 BD06F164-01

BD07A202

Figure 11

Figure 12

To replace work lights, remove the two Phillips screws from the rear of the light.

1. WORK LIGHTS 2. DRIVING LIGHTS 3. TAIL LIGHTS

BD07A201

Figure 13

Disconnect push on connectors, and replace the lamp assembly. Push the connectors on, making certain connections are firmly in place. Replace the two rear screws.

7-11

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL ROTATING BEACON CONNECTION

DRIVING LIGHTS

1

BD06H181

Figure 14

Remove the screws fastening the light to the bracket.

Pull the light assembly away from the bracket. Do not lose rubber sealing gasket (1).

2

BD06H182

Figure 15

Lift up on the wire clip (2) holding the bulb in place by pinching sides of clip together.

3

BD06H183

Figure 16

Disconnect the bulb at the wire connector (3) within the protective sleeve. Replace the bulb with a bulb of the same type and wattage. Reconnect and cover connection with the protective sleeve. Replace light assembly back in light bracket holder, and replace screws. Make certain rubber gasket is fitted correctly.

7-12

BD06H186

Figure 17

The rotating beacon is an optional feature. The plug-in connection for the beacon is located at the top right front of the cab.

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET (IF EQUIPPED) The Auxiliary Power Outlet socket (12 volt) can be used for the connection of a lighting device to help with service and maintenance procedures. There are two auxiliary power outlets, one in the right corner of the operator’s compartment, and one in the left corner of the operator’s compartment.

BD07A203

Figure 18

7-13

CHAPTER 7 - ELECTRICAL

NOTES

7-14

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Chapter 8 SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS 721E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Lift Capacities 721E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 SPECIFICATIONS 821E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Lift Capacities 821E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 721E Z-Bar DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 821E Z-Bar DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31 DENSITY OF THE MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46 TORQUE CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47

8-1

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

8-2

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS 721E Engine Model ................................................................................................................. Case 667TA/EED Tier 3 Certified Type..........................................................................................................4-stroke, turbocharged, air-to-air cooled Cylinders ...............................................................................................................................................................6 Bore/stroke .................................................................................................104 mm x 132 mm (4.09” in x 5.20” in) Displacement ................................................................................................................................. 6.7 l (411 cu in) Fuel Injection ........................................................................................................................................... Electronic Horsepower - Peak Max Power Gross .............................................................................................................. 145 kW (195 hp) @ 2000 rpm Net .................................................................................................................. 137 kW (183 hp) @ 2000 rpm Standard Power Gross ............................................................................................................... 136 kW (182 hp) @1800 rpm Net ................................................................................................................... 128 kW (172 hp) @1800 rpm Economy Power Gross ............................................................................................................... 117 kW (157 hp) @1500 rpm Net ................................................................................................................... 111 kW (149 hp) @1500 rpm Torque - Peak Max Power Gross ............................................................................................................ 860 Nm (630 lb-ft) @ 1400 rpm Net ................................................................................................................ 821 Nm (605 lb-ft) @ 1400 rpm Standard Power Gross ............................................................................................................ 847 Nm (625 lb-ft) @ 1400 rpm Net ................................................................................................................ 809 Nm (596 lb-ft) @ 1400 rpm Economy Power Gross ............................................................................................................ 832 Nm (614 lb-ft) @ 1200 rpm Net ................................................................................................................ 800 Nm (590 lb-ft) @ 1200 rpm Torque rise @ 2000 rpm ...........................................................................................................................31.4% Engine Speeds Rated speed, full load ..........................................................................................................................2000 rpm Low Idle, no load .......................................................................................................................... 875 - 925 rpm High idle, no load ....................................................................................................................2120 to 2200 rpm Batteries ........................................................................................................................................2 x 12 V, 100 Ah Alternator.....................................................................................................................................................65 amp Voltage .................................................................................................................................... 24, negative ground Drivetrain Transmission ........... 4F/3R Proportional w/ Electronic Control Module torque sensing autoshift/manual shift and modulation Gears .................................................................................................................................................... Helical Cut Gear Ratios

Forward

Reverse

1st

3.745

3.551

2nd

2.089

1.981

3rd

1.072

1.017

4th

0.636

-----

8-3

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E Drivetrain (cont) Torque converter Stall ratio ........................................................................................................................... 2.81:1 Differential ......................................................................................................... limited slip on front and rear axles Rear axle oscillation ...................................................................................................................................24° total Axles

Front

Rear

Differential ratio

3.364

3.182

Planetary ratio

6.000

6.400

Final axle ratio

20.18

20.36

Planetaries ............................................................................................................................................... Outboard Service brakes ....... hydraulically actuated, maintenance-free, multiple wet disc w/accumulator to all four wheels Parking brakes ................................................spring-applied hydraulic release disc on transmission output shaft Travel Speeds

Forward, km/h (mph)

Reverse, km/h (mph)

1st

7.6 (4.7)

8.0 (5.0)

2nd

13.3 (8.3)

14.0 (8.7)

3rd

24.6 (15.3)

25.7 (16.0)

4th

38.0 (23.6)

-----

NOTE: Travel speeds @ full engine throttle with 20.5x25 L3 tires.

Hydraulics Pump-1..............................................................................................closed centered pressure/flow compensated Variable displacement .......... 119.6 l/min @2000 rpm @ 248 bar (3.84 in³/rev 31.6 gpm @2000 rpm @3600 psi) Pump-2..............................................................................................closed centered pressure/flow compensated Variable displacement ................85.6 l/min @2000 rpm @ 248 bar (2.74³/rev 22.6 gpm @2000 rpm @3600 psi) Loader control valve ......closed-center, sectional 2,3,or 4-spool w/pilot control for lift, tilt and auxiliary hydraulics, electromagnetic detentes in float, raise and rollback Loader Auxiliary Hydraulics............................................................................... 82 to 205 l/min (21.7 to 54.2 gpm) Loader Auxiliary Steering ......................................hydraulic orbital center-pivot articulating w/on-demand oil flow High pressure standby ...............................................................................................................248 bar (3600 psi) Filtration ...................... 10-micron, full flow replaceable cartridges on return line, condition indicator light for filter

8-4

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS LIFT CAPACITIES 721E Lift Capacity 721E Z-Bar 2.3 m3 GP (3.0 yd3) Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

2.3 m3 GP (3.0 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt on Edge

2.49 m3GP (3.25 yd3) Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

Full Height

7293 kg (16078 lb)

7380 kg (16271 lb)

7244 kg (15970 lb)

Maximum Reach

10192 kg (22469 lb)

10281 kg (22665 lb)

10140 kg (22355 lb)

Ground

13618 kg (30023 lb)

13711 kg (30227 lb)

13512 kg (29790 lb)

Lift Capacity 721E Z-Bar 2.49 m3 GP (3.25 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt on Edge

2.70 m3 GP (3.5 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

Full Height

7331 kg (16162 lb)

7260 kg (16005 lb)

Maximum Reach

10229 kg (22551 lb)

10154 kg (22386 lb)

Ground

13604 kg (29992 lb)

13466 kg (29687 lb)

2.3 m3 GP (3.0 yd3) JRB Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

2.3 m3 GP (3.0 yd3) JRB Bucket w/Edge

Full Height

6839 kg (15077 lb)

6865 kg (15135 lb)

Maximum Reach

9728 kg (21448 lb)

9755 kg (21506 lb)

Ground

13195 kg (29090 lb)

13219 kg (29144 lb)

2.3 m3 GP (3.0 yd3) ACS Bucket w/Edge

2.3 m3 GP (3.0 yd3) ACS Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

Full Height

6839 kg (15077 lb)

6823 kg (15042 lb)

Maximum Reach

9693 kg (21369 lb)

9677 kg (21333 lb)

Ground

12818 kg (28259 lb)

12790 kg (28197 lb)

Lift Capacity 721E XT

Lift Capacity 721E XT

8-5

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS Lift Capacity 721E XR 2.3 m3 (3.0 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/Bolt on Edge

2.3 m3 (3.0 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

Full Height

7086 kg (15623 lb)

7000 kg (15431 lb)

Maximum Reach

9173 kg (20224 lb)

9085 kg (20028 lb)

Ground

10996 kg (24241 lb)

10903 kg (24036 lb)

2.5 m3 (3.25 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/ Bolt on Edge

2.5 m3 (3.25 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

Full Height

7037 kg (15515 lb)

6950 kg (15323 lb)

Maximum Reach

9122 kg (20111 lb)

9034 kg (19916 lb)

Ground

10907 kg (24047 lb)

10815 kg (23843 lb)

Lift Capacity 721E XR

Lift Capacity 721E XR 2.7 m3 Low Density (3.5 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt on Edge Full Height

6943 kg (15307 lb)

Maximum Reach

9025 kg (19897 lb)

Ground

10768 kg (23738 lb)

Lift Capacity 721E XR

Full Height

2.3 m3 (3.0 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/Bolt on Edge

2.3 m3 (3.0 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

6552 kg (14445 lb)

6465 kg (14254 lb)

Maximum Reach

8614 kg (18990 lb)

8525 kg (18794 lb)

Ground

10206 kg (22500 lb)

10116 kg (22302 lb)

2.3 m3 (3.0 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/Bolt on Edge

2.3 m3 (3.0 yd3) Medium Density Bucket w/Teeth & Segments

Full Height

6699 kg (14768 lb)

6611 kg (14575 lb)

Maximum Reach

8752 kg (19294 lb)

8665 kg (19103 lb)

Ground

10271 kg (22643 lb)

10196 kg (22479 lb)

Lift Capacity 721E XR

8-6

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS 821E Engine Model ................................................................................................................. Case 667TA/EBD Tier 3 Certified Type..........................................................................................................4-stroke, turbocharged, air-to-air cooled Cylinders ...............................................................................................................................................................6 Bore/stroke .................................................................................................104 mm x 132 mm (4.09” in x 5.20” in) Displacement ................................................................................................................................. 6.7 l (411 cu in) Fuel Injection ........................................................................................................................................... Electronic Horsepower - Peak Max Power Gross .............................................................................................................. 169 kW (227 hp) @ 2000 rpm Net .................................................................................................................. 159 kW (213 hp) @ 2000 rpm Standard Power Gross ............................................................................................................... 157 kW (210 hp) @1800 rpm Net ................................................................................................................... 148 kW (198 hp) @1800 rpm Economy Power Gross ............................................................................................................... 142 kW (190 hp) @1500 rpm Net ................................................................................................................... 135 kW (181 hp) @1500 rpm Torque - Peak Max Power Gross .......................................................................................................... 1002 Nm (739 lb-ft) @ 1400 rpm Net ................................................................................................................ 966 Nm (712 lb-ft) @ 1400 rpm Standard Power Gross ............................................................................................................ 982 Nm (724 lb-ft) @ 1400 rpm Net ................................................................................................................ 950 Nm (701 lb-ft) @ 1300 rpm Economy Power Gross ............................................................................................................ 966 Nm (712 lb-ft) @ 1200 rpm Net ................................................................................................................ 940 Nm (693 lb-ft) @ 1200 rpm Torque rise @ 2000 rpm ...........................................................................................................................32.2% Engine Speeds Rated speed, full load ..........................................................................................................................2000 rpm Low idle........................................................................................................................................ 875 - 925 rpm High idle, no load ....................................................................................................................2120 to 2200 rpm Batteries .....................................................................................................................................................2 x 12 V Alternator.....................................................................................................................................................65 amp Voltage .................................................................................................................................... 24, negative ground Drivetrain Transmission ........... 4F/3R Proportional w/ Electronic Control Module torque sensing autoshift/manual shift and modulation Gears .................................................................................................................................................... Helical Cut Gear Ratios

Forward

Reverse

1st

3.754

3.551

2nd

2.089

1.981

3rd

1.072

1.017

4th

0.636

-----

8-7

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E Drivetrain (cont) Torque converter Stall ratio ........................................................................................................................... 2.28:1 Differential ............................................................................ limited slip with 45% transfer on front and rear axles Rear axle oscillation ...................................................................................................................................24° total Front And Rear Axle Differential ratio

4.11

Planetary ratio

6.000

Final axle ratio

24.67

Planetaries ............................................................................................................................................... Outboard Service brakes ....... hydraulically actuated, maintenance-free, multiple wet disc w/accumulator to all four wheels Parking brakes ................................................spring-applied hydraulic release disc on transmission output shaft Travel Speeds

Forward, km/h (mph)

Reverse, km/h (mph)

1st

7.1 (4.4)

7.9 (4.9)

2nd

12.6 (7.8)

13.8 (8.6)

3rd

23.3 (14.5)

25.3 (15.7)

4th

37.0 (23.0)

-----

NOTE: Travel speeds @ full engine throttle with 23.5x25 L3 tires.

Hydraulics Pump-1 ............................................................................................................................. dual, vane-type tandem Section displacement .............. 120 l/min @2000 rpm @ 248 bar (3.84 in³/rev 31.6 gpm @2000 rpm @3600 psi) Pump-2..............................................................................................closed centered pressure/flow compensated Variable displacement ............. 120 l/min @2000 rpm @ 248 bar (3.84 in³/rev 31.6 gpm @2000 rpm @3600 psi) Loader control valve ........ open-center, sectional 2,3,or 4-spool w/pilot control for lift, tilt and auxiliary hydraulics, electromagnetic detentes in float, raise and rollback Loader auxiliary hydraulics................................................................................ 96 to 239 l/min (25.3 to 63.2 gpm) Loader auxiliary steering .......................................hydraulic orbital center-pivot articulating w/on-demand oil flow High pressure standby ...............................................................................................................248 bar (3600 psi) NOTE: Filtration10-micron, full flow replaceable cartridges on return line, condition indicator light for filter

8-8

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS LIFT CAPACITIES 821E Lift Capacity 821E Z-Bar 2.6 m3 (3.5 yd3) Bucket w/Teeth

2.6 m3 (3.5 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

3.2 m3 (4.25 yd3) Bucket w/Teeth

Full Height

9296 kg (20495 lb)

9351 kg (20615 lb)

9142 kg (20155 lb)

Maximum Reach

12652 kg (27893 lb)

12707 kg (28014 lb)

12490 kg (27536 lb)

Ground

16899 kg (37257 lb)

16959 kg (37388 lb)

16661 kg (36731 lb)

Lift Capacity 821E Z-Bar 3.2 m3 (4.25 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

3.4 m3 (4.50 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

Full Height

9196 kg (20275 lb)

9164 kg (20204 lb)

Maximum Reach

12545 kg (27658 lb)

12506 kg (27571 lb)

Ground

16721 kg (36864 lb)

16605 kg (36608 lb)

Lift Capacity 821E XR 2.6 m3 (3.5 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

2.6 m3 (3.5 yd3) Bucket w/Segmented Teeth

Full Height

8602 kg (18964 lb)

848 kg (18845 lb)

Maximum Reach

10570 kg (23302 lb)

10514 kg (23180 lb)

Ground

12284 kg (27081 lb)

12223 kg (26947 lb)

3.2 m3 (4.25 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

3.2 m3 (4.25 yd3) Bucket w/Segmented Teeth

Full Height

8449 kg (18627 lb)

8395 kg (18507 lb)

Maximum Reach

10408 kg (22945 lb)

10352 kg (22821 lb)

Ground

12052 kg (26570 lb)

11990 kg (26434 lb)

Lift Capacity 821E XR

Lift Capacity 821E XR 3.4 m3 (4.50 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge Full Height

8418 kg (18558 lb)

Maximum Reach

10368 kg (22858 lb)

Ground

11945 kg (26334 lb)

8-9

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS Lift Capacity 821E XR ACS Coupler 2.6 m3 (3.50 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

2.6 m3 (3.50 yd3) Bucket w/Segmented Teeth

Full Height

8838 kg (17720 lb)

7957 kg (17543 lb)

Maximum Reach

9972 kg (21985 lb)

9889 kg (21801 lb)

Ground

11494 kg (25340 lb)

11407 kg (25148 lb)

2.6 m3 (3.50 yd3) Bucket w/Bolt-on Edge

2.6 m3 (3.50 yd3) Bucket w/Segmented Teeth

Full Height

7953 kg (17534 lb)

7873 kg (17357 lb)

Maximum Reach

9855 kg (21727 lb)

9772 kg (21844 lb )

Ground

11244 kg (24789 lb)

11159 kg (24602 lb)

Lift Capacity 821E XR JRB Coupler

8-10

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Cab Group:

Hydraulics:

Air Conditioning w/Heater

Auxiliary hydraulics

Cab heater

Ride Control

Radio

Secondary Steering

Radio-ready (12 or 24 volt)

3 or 4-spool loader valves with 2 or 3 lever loader control

Cloth Mechanical Suspension Seat cloth covered with 2 inch retractable belt Cloth Air Suspension Seat cloth covered with 2 inch retractable belt 12 volt aux power Lighter 24 volt Fire Extinguisher 1 Kg Rotating Beacon Engine Group: Cold weather starting aid, block heater Pre-cleaner

Hydraulic reversing fan Hydraulic cooler

TIRES: 721E 20.5 x 25 12 PR L3 Bias (Rock) 20.5 R25 Radial (Dirt/Traction) 20.5 R25 Radial (Rock) 821E 23.5 x 25 12PR L3 Bias (Rock) 23.5R25 Radial (Dirt/Traction) 23.5R25 Radial (Rock)

8-11

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS 721E Z-BAR WITH 2.3 m³ (3.0 yd³) GP BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 1

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 1.94 m³ (2.53 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.30 m³ (3.01 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2700 mm (106.3 in) A. Height to top of cab .............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5167 mm (203.4 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3979 mm (156.6 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7749 mm (305.1 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2861 mm (112.6 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1192 mm (46.9 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1694 mm (66.7 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................84 mm (3.3 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 12509 kg (27577 lb) 40 degree turn .................................................................................................................... 10841 kg (23900 lb) Operating load - ISO...................................................................................................................... 5420 kg (11950 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-12

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.3 m³ (3.0 yd³) GP BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 2

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 1.94 m³ (2.53 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.30 m³ (3.01 yd³) Bucket width .............................................................................................................................2700 mm (106.3 in) A. Height to top of cab .............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5167 mm (203.4 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3979 mm (156.6 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7596 mm (299.1 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2961 mm (116.6 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1087 mm (42.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1633 mm (64.3 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................76 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................12615 kg (27812 lb) 40 degree turn ....................................................................................................................10947 kg (24135 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................5474 kg (12067 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-13

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.49 m³ (3.25 yd³) GP BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 3

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.11 m³ (2.76 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.49 m³ (3.25 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2700 mm (106.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5228 mm (205.8 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3979 mm (156.6 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7801 mm (307.1 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2828 mm (111.3 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1232 mm (48.5 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1717 mm (67.6 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................84 mm (3.3 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 12482 kg (27518 lb) 40 degree turn .................................................................................................................... 10812 kg (23836 lb) Operating load - ISO...................................................................................................................... 5406 kg (11918 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-14

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.49 m³ (3.25 yd³) GP BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 4

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.11 m³ (2.76 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.49 m³ (3.25 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2700 mm (106.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5228 mm (205.8 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3979 mm (156.6 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7650 mm (301.2 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2927 mm (115.3 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1126 mm (44.3 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1659 mm (65.3 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................76 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................12589 kg (27754 lb) 40 degree turn ....................................................................................................................10919 kg (24072 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................5459 kg (12036 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-15

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.70 m³ (3.5 yd³) GP BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 5

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.30 m³ (3.01 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.68 m³ (3.50 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2700 mm (106.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5297 mm (208.5 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3979 mm (156.6 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ..............................................................................7710 mm (303.45 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2889 mm (113.7 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1172 mm (46.1 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1688 mm (66.4 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................76 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 12526 kg (27616 lb) 40 degree turn .................................................................................................................... 10856 kg (23933 lb) Operating load - ISO...................................................................................................................... 5428 kg (11967 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-16

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XT DIMENSIONS WITH 2.3 m³ (3.0 yd³) JRB BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 6

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 1.94 m³ (2.53 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.30 m³ (3.01 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2700 mm (106.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5384 mm (212.0 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3976 mm (156.5 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7921 mm (311.9 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2750 mm (108.3 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1323 mm (52.1 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1768 mm (69.6 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................76 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................12119 kg (26718 lb) 40 degree turn ....................................................................................................................10459 kg (23059 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................5230 kg (11529 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-17

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XT DIMENSIONS WITH 2.3 m³ (3.0 yd³) GP JRB BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 7

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 1.94 m³ (2.53 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.30 m³ (3.01 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2700 mm (106.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard..........................................................................5384 mm (212.0 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised ..............................................................................................3976 mm (156.5 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground................................................................................7770 mm (305.9 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump........................................................................2850 mm (112.2 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump .........................................................................1217 mm (47.9 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1713 mm (67.4 in) L. Dig depth .....................................................................................................................................84 mm (3.3 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 12152 kg (26790 lb) 40 degree turn .................................................................................................................... 10492 kg (23131 lb) Operating load - ISO ................................................................................................................. 5246 kg (11565 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-18

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XT DIMENSIONS WITH 2.3 m³ (3.0 yd³) GP ACS BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 8

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 1.94 m³ (2.53 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.30 m³ (3.01 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2682 mm (105.6 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5305 mm (208.9 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3975 mm (156.5 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7919 mm (311.8 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2751 mm (108.3 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1317 mm (51.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1762 mm (69.4 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................76 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................11712 kg (25821 lb) 40 degree turn ....................................................................................................................10113 kg (22295 lb) Operating load - ISO .................................................................................................................5056 kg (11147 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-19

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XT DIMENSIONS WITH 2.3 m³ (3.0 yd³) GP ACS BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 9

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 1.94 m³ (2.53 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.30 m³ (3.01 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2682 mm (105.6 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5305 mm (208.8 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................3975 mm (156.5 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7773 mm (306.0 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2847 mm (112.1 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1215 mm (47.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1709 mm (67.3 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................76 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 11695 kg (25783 lb) 40 degree turn .................................................................................................................... 10095 kg (22256 lb) Operating load - ISO ................................................................................................................. 5048 kg (11128 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-20

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.5 m³ (3.25 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/SEGMENT AND TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 10

SAE bucket capacity Struck ........................................................................................................................................... 2.2 m³ (2.88 yd³) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.5 m³ (3.27 yd³) Bucket width ...................................................................................................................................2528 mm (99.5 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase..........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5754 mm (226.5 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised ..............................................................................................4374 mm (172.2 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground................................................................................8122 mm (319.8 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3170 mm (124.8 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump .........................................................................1102 mm (43.4 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1882 mm (74.1 in) L. Dig depth .....................................................................................................................................84 mm (3.3 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................10347 kg (22811 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................8923 kg (19672 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................4461 kg (9836 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-21

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.5 m³ (3.25 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT-ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 11

SAE bucket capacity Struck .......................................................................................................................................... 2.2 m³ (2.88 yd³ ) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.5 m³ (3.27 yd³) Bucket width ...................................................................................................................................2494 mm (98.2 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5754 mm (226.5 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4374 mm (172.2 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8009 mm (315.3 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3257 mm (128.2 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1028 mm (40.5 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1808 mm (71.2 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................75 mm (2.9 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 10243 kg (22583 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 8819 kg (19444 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................ 4410 kg (9722 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-22

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.5 m³ (3.25 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/SEGMENT AND TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 12

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.14 m³ (2.80 yd³) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.5 m³ (3.27 yd³) Bucket width ....................................................................................................................................2744 mm (108 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5667 mm (223.4 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4374 mm (172.2 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ...................................................................................8129 mm (320 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ...........................................................................3176 mm (125 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1105 mm (43.5 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1891 mm (74.4 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................77 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................10275 kg (22652 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................8854 kg (19519 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................4427 kg (9760 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-23

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.5 m³ (3.25 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 13

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.14 m³ (2.80 yd³) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.5 m³ (3.27 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2710 mm (106.7 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5667 mm (223.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4374 mm (172.2 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8015 mm (197.4 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3263 mm (128.5 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1031 mm (40.6 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump.........................................................1855 mm (73 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................68 mm (2.7 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 10171 kg (22423 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 8750 kg (19290 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................ 4375 kg (9645 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-24

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.5 m³ (3.25 yd³) LOW DENSITY BUCKET W/WELD TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 14

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.11 m³ (2.76 yd³) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.5 m³ (3.27 yd³) Bucket width ...................................................................................................................................2482 mm (97.7 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5754 mm (226.5 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised ..............................................................................................4374 mm (172.2 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground...................................................................................8153 mm (321 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3165 mm (124.6 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump .........................................................................1133 mm (44.6 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1908 mm (75.1 in) L. Dig depth .....................................................................................................................................65 mm (2.6 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................10145 kg (22367 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................8729 kg (19245 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................4365 kg (9623 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-25

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH ACS COUPLER 2.5 m³ (3.25 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/WELD TEET

BS06C560

Figure 15

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.14 m³ (2.80 yd³) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.5 m³ (3.27 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2691 mm (105.9 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5667 mm (223.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4373 mm (172.1 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8143 mm (320.6 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3171 mm (124.8 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1137 mm (44.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1917 mm (75.5 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................58 mm (2.3 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 10145 kg (22367 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 8729 kg (19245 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................ 4365 kg (9623 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) lb operator.

8-26

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH COUPLER AND BUCKET 2.4 m³ (3.14 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITYBUCKET W/SEGMENT AND TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 16

SAE bucket capacity Struck ........................................................................................................................................... 2.1 m³ (2.75 yd³) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.4 m³ (3.14 yd³) Bucket width ...................................................................................................................................2528 mm (99.5 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5973 mm (235.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4372 mm (172.1 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8317 mm (327.4 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3043 mm (119.8 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1239 mm (48.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1967 mm (77.4 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................77 mm (3.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight....................................................................................................................9521 kg (20990 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................8150 kg (17968 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................4075 kg (8984 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-27

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH COUPLER AND BUCKET 2.4 m³ (3.14 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 17

SAE bucket capacity Struck ........................................................................................................................................... 2.1 m³ (2.75 yd³) Heaped......................................................................................................................................... 2.4 m³ (3.14 yd³) Bucket width ...................................................................................................................................2494 mm (98.2 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard..........................................................................5973 mm (235.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised ..............................................................................................4373 mm (172.2 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground................................................................................8206 mm (323.1 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump........................................................................3129 mm (123.2 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump .........................................................................1167 mm (45.9 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1934 mm (76.1 in) L. Dig depth .....................................................................................................................................68 mm (2.7 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................... 9418 kg (20762 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 8047 kg (17740 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................ 4023 kg (8870 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 20.5R25 XHA tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, standard batteries, full fuel, standard counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-28

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 721E XR DIMENSIONS WITH FORKS 1.2 m

Note: Dimensions are in mm 721E-3M019

Figure 18

Pallet Fork Fork Lenght ................................................................................................................................1200 mm (47.2 in) A. Ground clearance at tip of shank .........................................................................................4098 mm (161.3 in) B. Ground clearance at tip of fork with horizontal arm ..................................................................1779 mm (70 in) C. Total lenght (fork on ground) ................................................................................................8367 mm (329.4 in) Operating weight.................................................................................................................14045 kg (30964 lb) D. Front prortusion from tyres with boom horizontal ..................................................................1792 mm (70.5 in) E. Front prortusion from tyres with attachment on the gound ....................................................1273 mm (50.1 in) F. Front prortusion from tyres at maximum height .......................................................................730 mm (28.7 in) G. Dig depth ...................................................................................................................................133 mm (5.2 in) NOTE: All performance data and specifications based on a unit with 20.5-25 radials tyres and ROPS cab. All data are obtained in compliance with the latest applicable SAE Recommended Practices including J732c, J742b and ISO 6746/1, ISO 6746/2 and ISO 8313.

8-29

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

721E XT Performance Data

Coupler and Utility Forks

Fork Length - Vertical FrontSurface of Tine to Fork Tip

1200 mm (47.2")

Fork Width (max) Outside to Outside of Tine

900 mm (35.4")

Overall Height - Operating Top of Attachment, Forks Level

3762 mm (148.1")

Fork Clearance @ Full Height Ground to Top of Tine

3749 mm (147.6")

Fork Reach @ Full Height - Vertical Front Surface of Tine to Front of Tire

726 mm (28.6")

Fork Clearance @ Max Reach Ground to Top of Tine

1815 mm (71.5")

Fork Reach (Max) - Vertical Front Surface of Tine to Front of Tire

1500 mm (59.0")

Fork Reach @ Ground - Vertical Front Surface of Tine to Front of Tire

832 mm (32.8")

Fork Load Center - Vertical Front Surface of Tine to Load CG

600 mm (23.6")

Carry Position - Hinge Pin Height

596 mm (23.5")

Clearance Circle Forks w/Forks in Carry Position with 15° Rollback (Turning Dia.-wall to wall)

11550 mm (454.7")

Fork Attachment Weight Includes coupler

732 kg (1614 lb)

Tipping Load Straight ISO

9226 kg (20339 lb)

Tipping Load @ 40° Turn ISO

7824 kg (17248 lb)

Unit Operating Mass

13667 kg (30131 lb)

WEIGHT ADJUSTMENTS 721E Add (+) or deduct (-) kg (lb.) as indicated Select Option

Weight Adjustment

Tipping Load Adjustment Straight

Tipping Load Adjustment 40° Turn

20.5 x 25 12 ply L2 tires

-46 kg (-100 lb)

-37 kg (-82 lb)

-33 kg (-72 lb)

20.5 x 25 12 ply L3 tires

+103 kg (+228 lb)

+84 kg (+185 lb)

+74 kg (+163 lb)

20.5 R25 XHA TL tires

+172 kg (+380 lb)

+140 kg (+309 lb)

+124 kg (+273 lb)

Standard counterweight

-555 kg (-1224 lb)

-1314 kg (-2896 lb)

-1112 kg (-2452 lb)

NOTE: Unit equipped with Z-Bar loader arms, 2.3 m³ (3.0 yd³) general purpose pin on bucket w/bolt-on edge, 20.5R25 XTLA Michelin tires, ROPS cab with heater and air conditioner, full counterweight, standard batteries, front and rear fenders, full fuel and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-30

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS 821E Z-BAR WITH 2.6 m³ (3.5 yd³ ) BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 19

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.22 m³ (2.90 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.63 m³ (3.44 yd³) Bucket width ..................................................................................................................................5337mm (210.1 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3450 mm (135.8 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3340 mm (131.5 in) C. Ground clearance .................................................................................................................415.8 mm (16.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................33 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 23.5-25 XHATL tires........................................................................2885 mm (113.6 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2230 mm (87.8 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 23.5-25 XHATL tires ......................................................................6033 mm (237.5 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5337 mm (210.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4122 mm (162.3 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7833 mm (308.4 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3000 mm (118.1 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1087 mm (42.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1692 mm (66.6 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................74 mm (2.9 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................14526 kg (32025 lb) 40 degree turn ....................................................................................................................12570 kg (27711 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................6285 kg (13856 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-31

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.6 m³ (3.5 yd³) BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 20

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.22 m³ (2.90 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.63 m³ (3.44 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................5337 mm (210.1 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3450 mm (135.8 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3340 mm (131.5 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................401 mm (15.8 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 33 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 23.5-25 XHATL tires........................................................................2885 mm (113.6 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2230 mm (87.8 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 23.5-25 XHATL tires ......................................................................6033 mm (237.5 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5337 mm (210.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4122 mm (162.3 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7699 mm (303.1 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3086 mm (121.5 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump............................................................................985 mm (38.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1626 mm (64.0 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................74 mm (2.9 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 14596 kg (32178 lb) 40 degree turn .................................................................................................................... 12639 kg (27864 lb) Operating load - ISO...................................................................................................................... 6320 kg (13932 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-32

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 3.2 m³ (4.25 yd³) BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 21

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.71 m³ (3.54 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 3.17 m³ (4.15 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................5496 mm (216.4 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3450 mm (135.8 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3340 mm (131.5 in) C. Ground clearance .................................................................................................................415.8 mm (16.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................33 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 23.5-25 XHATL tires........................................................................2885 mm (113.6 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2230 mm (87.8 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 23.5-25 XHATL tires ......................................................................6033 mm (237.5 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5497 mm (216.4 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4122 mm (162.3 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7933 mm (314.7 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2898 mm (114.1 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1209 mm (47.6 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1765 mm (69.5 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................74 mm (2.9 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................14280 kg (31482 lb) 40 degree turn ....................................................................................................................12333 kg (27190 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................6167 kg (13595 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-33

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 3.2 m³ (4.25 yd³) BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 22

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.71 m³ (3.54 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 3.17 m³ (4.15 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................5496 mm (216.4 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3450 mm (135.8 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3340 mm (131.5 in) C. Ground clearance .................................................................................................................415.8 mm (16.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 33 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 23.5-25 XHATL tires........................................................................2885 mm (113.6 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2230 mm (87.8 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 23.5-25 XHATL tires ......................................................................6033 mm (237.5 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5497 mm (216.4 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4122 mm (162.3 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7859 mm (309.4 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2985 mm (117.5 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1107 mm (43.6 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1702 mm (67.0 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................74 mm (2.9 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 14351 kg (31639 lb) 40 degree turn .................................................................................................................... 12405 kg (27348 lb) Operating load - ISO...................................................................................................................... 6202 kg (13674 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-34

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E Z-BAR DIMENSIONS WITH 3.4 m³ (4.50 yd³) BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 23

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.89 m³ (3.78 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 3.39 m³ (4.43 yd³) Bucket width ...............................................................................................................................29297 mm (115.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3450 mm (135.8 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3340 mm (131.5 in) C. Ground clearance .................................................................................................................415.8 mm (16.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................33 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 23.5-25 XHATL tires........................................................................2885 mm (113.6 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2230 mm (87.8 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 23.5-25 XHATL tires ......................................................................6033 mm (237.5 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5530 mm (217.7 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4122 mm (162.3 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................7894 mm (310.8 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................2962 mm (116.6 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1133 mm (44.6 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................1720 mm (67.7 in) L. Dig depth......................................................................................................................................74 mm (2.9 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................14232 kg (31376 lb) 40 degree turn ....................................................................................................................12297 kg (27110 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................6148 kg (13555 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-35

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.6 m³ (3.50 yd³ ) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 24

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.22 m³ (2.90 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.63 m³ (3.44 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2929 mm (115.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard..........................................................................5777 mm (227.5 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised ..............................................................................................4564 mm (179.7 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground................................................................................8186 mm (322.3 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump........................................................................3527 mm (138.9 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump .........................................................................1097 mm (43.2 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2055 mm (80.9 in) L. Dig depth ...................................................................................................................................142 mm (5.6 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 11560 kg (25486 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 9919 kg (21868 lb) Operating load - ISO...................................................................................................................... 4960 kg (10934 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-36

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 2.6 m³ (3.50 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 25

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.22 m³ (2.90 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.63 m³ (3.44 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................3049 mm (120.0 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5777 mm (227.4 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4564 mm (179.7 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8320 mm (327.6 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3441 mm (135.5 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1200 mm (47.3 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2126 mm (83.7 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................142 mm (5.6 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................11493 kg (25338 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................9852 kg (21721 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................4926 kg (10860 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-37

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 3.2 m³ (4.25 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 26

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.71 m³ (3.54 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 3.17 m³ (4.15 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2929 mm (115.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5937 mm (233.7 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4564 mm (179.7 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8345 mm (328.6 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3428 mm (134.8 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1219 mm (48.0 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2139 mm (84.2 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................142 mm (5.6 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 11338 kg (24996 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 9705 kg (21396 lb) Operating load - ISO...................................................................................................................... 4852 kg (10698 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-38

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 3.2 m³ (4.25 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 27

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 3.54 yd³ (2.71 m³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 4.15 yd³ (3.17 m³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................3049 mm (120.0 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5937 mm (233.7 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4564 mm (179.7 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8480 mm (333.9 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3338 mm (131.4 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1323 mm (52.1 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2206 mm (86.9 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................142 mm (5.6 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................11269 kg (24844 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................9636 kg (21244 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................4818 kg (10622 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-39

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH 3.4 m³ (4.50 yd³) LOW DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 28

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.89 m³ (3.78 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 3.39 m³ (4.43 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................2929 mm (115.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5971 mm (235.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4564 mm (179.7 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8380 mm (329.9 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3402 mm (134.0 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1246 mm (49.0 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2156 mm (84.9 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................142 mm (5.6 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 11241 kg (24783 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 9617 kg (21203 lb) Operating load - ISO ............................................................................................................. 4809 kg (10601 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-40

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH ACS COUPLER 2.6 m³ (3.50 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 29

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.42 m³ (3.17 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.88 m³ (3.77 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................3030 mm (119.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5895 mm (232.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4563 mm (179.7 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8355 mm (329.0 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3418 mm (134.6 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1230 mm (48.4 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2147 mm (84.5 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................140 mm (5.5 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................10728 kg (23651 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................9131 kg (20131 lb) Operating load - ISO......................................................................................................................4566 kg (10065 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-41

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH ACS COUPLER 2.6 m³ (3.5 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 30

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.42 m³ (3.17 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.88 m³ (3.77 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................3048 mm (120.0 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5895 mm (232.1 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4563 mm (179.6 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8505 mm (334.8 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3319 mm (130.7 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1334 mm (52.5 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2210 mm (87.0 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................149 mm (5.9 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 10627 kg (23429 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 9030 kg (19908 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................ 4515 kg (9954 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-42

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH JRB COUPLER 2.6 m³ (3.5 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/BOLT ON EDGE

BS06C560

Figure 31

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.26 m³ (2.96 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.69 m³ (3.52 yd³) Bucket width .................................................................................................................................3030 mm (119.3 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase ...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center.......................................................................................................................................40 degrees Total angle.........................................................................................................................................80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5934 mm (233.6 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4563 mm (179.6 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8405 mm (330.9 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3385 mm (133.3 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1265 mm (49.8 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2169 mm (85.4 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................143 mm (5.6 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight..................................................................................................................10402 kg (22933 lb) 40 degree turn ......................................................................................................................8843 kg (19495 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................4421 kg (9748 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-43

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS 821E XR DIMENSIONS WITH JRB COUPLER 2.6 m³ (3.5 yd³) MEDIUM DENSITY BUCKET W/SEGMENTED TEETH

BS06C560

Figure 32

SAE bucket capacity Struck ......................................................................................................................................... 2.26 m³ (2.96 yd³) Heaped....................................................................................................................................... 2.69 m³ (3.52 yd³) Bucket width .............................................................................................................................3048 mm (120.0 in) A. Height to top of cab..............................................................................................................3404 mm (134.0 in) B. Wheelbase...........................................................................................................................3253 mm (128.1 in) C. Ground clearance ....................................................................................................................365 mm (14.4 in) D. Angle of departure ............................................................................................................................ 32 degrees Width Overall w/o bucket and 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires ..........................................................2562 mm (100.9 in) Centerline tread .....................................................................................................................2029 mm (79.9 in) Turning radius - outside w/ 20.5R25 Michelin XTLA tires.........................................................5750 mm (226.4 in) Turning angle From center....................................................................................................................................... 40 degrees Total angle......................................................................................................................................... 80 degrees E. Operating height - fully raised w/spillguard ..........................................................................5933 mm (233.6 in) F. Hinge pin height - fully raised...............................................................................................4563 mm (179.7 in) G. Overall length - bucket level on ground ................................................................................8554 mm (336.8 in) H. Dump height - fully raised, 45 degree dump ........................................................................3287 mm (129.4 in) J. Bucket reach - fully raised, 45 degree dump..........................................................................1370 mm (53.9 in) K. Bucket reach - 2.13 m (7 ft 0 in) height, 45 degree dump......................................................2231 mm (87.8 in) L. Dig depth....................................................................................................................................151 mm (6.0 in) Tipping load - ISO Machine straight.................................................................................................................. 10303 kg (22715 lb) 40 degree turn ...................................................................................................................... 8744 kg (19277 lb) Operating load - ISO........................................................................................................................ 4372 kg (9639 lb) NOTE: Data based on loader equipped with 23.5R25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater and A/C, front and rear fenders, auxiliary steering, heavy duty batteries, full fuel, heavy duty counterweight, 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

8-44

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Weight Adjustments 821E Select Options

Weight Adjustment

Tipping Load Adjustment Straight

Tipping Load Adjustment 40° Turn

Base counterweight

-680 kg (-1 499 lb)

-1 637 kg (-3 608 lb)

-1381 kg (-3 045 lb)

L2BIAS Tires

-506 kg (-1 116 lb)

-406 kg (-895 lb)

-358 kg (-790 lb)

L3CIAS Tires

-218 kg (-480 lb)

-175 kg (-385 lb)

-154 kg (-340 lb)

NOTE: Unit equipped with Z-Bar loader arms, 4.25 yd³ (3.2 m³) general purpose pin on bucket w/bolt-on edge, 23.5-25 XHATL tires, ROPS cab with heater/AC, full counterweight, heavy-duty batteries, front and rear fenders, full fuel and 175 lb (79 kg) operator.

8-45

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

DENSITY OF THE MATERIALS kg/m3

MATERIAL

kg/m3

MATERIAL

Alum-Lump.

881

Oats

416

Pulverized

769

Peanuts - Shelled

280

Ashes

561-833

Peas

769

Bauxite

1202-1922

Peat - solid

753

Beans

769

Phosphate - Granular

1442

Charcoal

368

Potash

1089

Chips

288

Potatoes

769

Coal

1282

Quartz - Granular

1762

Coke - Lump - Loose

849-1009

Rice

769

Clay

368-513

Rye

705

Concrete

1378-1778

Salt - Rock - Solid

2163

Copper Ore

1666

Sand & Gravel - Dry

1730

Corn - Shelled

673

Wet

2003

Cottonseed

401

Sand - Foundry

1522

Earth - Dry Loam

929-1089

Shale

1410

1602-1666

Slag - Crushed

1121

Earth - Sand Gravel

1570

Slate

2243

Ensilage

577

Snow

240-801

Granite

1490-1778

Soybeans

743

Gravel - Dry

1522

Sugar Beet Pulp - Wet

561

Wet

Wet

1906

Sugar - Raw

961

Ice - Crushed

593

Sulphur - Lumpy

1330

Iron Ore

2323

Taconite

1714

Limestone - Loose - Crushed

1538-1602

Wheat

769

8-46

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

TORQUE CHARTS Use these charts when special torques are not given. These torques apply to fasteners with both UNC and UNF threads as received from suppliers dry, or when lubricated with engine oil. Not applicable if special graphite, Molydisulfide greases, or other extreme pressure lubricants are used.

Grade 8 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

Grade 5 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

PoundInches

Newton metres

1/4 inch

108 to 132

12 to 15

5/16 inch

204 to 252

23 to 28

3/8 inch

420 to 504

48 to 57

7/16 inch

54 to 64

73 to 87

1/2 inch

80 to 96

109 to 130

9/16 inch

110 to 132

149 to 179

5/8 inch

150 to 180

203 to 244

3/4 inch

270 to 324

366 to 439

7/8 inch

400 to 480

542 to 651

1.0 inch

580 to 696

787 to 944

1-1/8 inch

800 to 880

1085 to 1193

1-1/4 inch

1120 to 1240

1519 to 1681

1-3/8 inch

1460 to 1680

1980 to 2278

1-1/2 inch

1940 to 2200

2631 to 2983

Size

PoundInches

Newton metres

1/4 inch

144 to 180

16 to 20

5/16 inch

288 to 348

33 to 39

3/8 inch

540 to 648

61 to 73

7/16 inch

70 to 84

95 to 114

1/2 inch

110 to 132

149 to 179

9/16 inch

160 to 192

217 to 260

5/8 inch

220 to 264

298 to 358

3/4 inch

380 to 456

515 to 618

7/8 inch

600 to 720

814 to 976

1.0 inch

900 to 1080

1220 to 1465

1-1/8 inch

1280 to 1440

1736 to 1953

1-1/4 inch

1820 to 2000

2468 to 2712

1-3/8 inch

2380 to 2720

3227 to 3688

1-1/2 inch

3160 to 3560

4285 to 4827

Size

NOTE: Use thick nuts with Grade 8 bolts.

8-47

CHAPTER 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Grade 10.9 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

Grade 8.8 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

10.9

8.8

Size

PoundInches

Newton metres

M4

24 to 36

3 to 4

M5

60 to 72

7 to 8

M6

96 to 108

11 to 12

M8

228 to 276

26 to 31

M10

456 to 540

52 to 61

M12

66 to 79

90 to 107

M14

106 to 127

144 to 172

M16

160 to 200

217 to 271

M20

320 to 380

434 to 515

M24

500 to 600

675 to 815

M30

920 to 1100

1250 to 1500

M36

1600 to 1950

2175 to 2600

Size

PoundInches

Newton metres

M4

36 to 48

4 to 5

M5

84 to 96

9 to 11

M6

132 to 156

15 to 18

M8

324 to 384

37 to 43

M10

54 to 64

73 to 87

M12

93 to 112

125 to 150

M14

149 to 179

200 to 245

M16

230 to 280

310 to 380

M20

450 to 540

610 to 730

M24

780 to 940

1050 to 1275

M30

1470 to 1770

2000 to 2400

M36

2580 to 3090

3500 to 4200

Grade 12.9 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs 12.9

Usually the torque values specified for grade 10.9 fasteners can be used satisfactorily on grade 12.9 fasteners.

8-48

CHAPTER 9 - INDEX

Chapter 9

INDEX A Access Door Locations ...................................... 5-14 Access Doors and Covers ................................... 3-3 Accumulators, Brake ......................................... 4-20 Air Conditioning Compressor ................................................... 6-21 Condenser ..................................................... 6-21 Autoshift Switch ................................................. 3-40 Auxiliary Hydraulic Connection .................................................... 4-21 System Specifications ................................... 4-21 Auxiliary Power Outlet ............................................................. 7-13

B Battery ................................................................. 7-4 Cleaning .......................................................... 7-4 Fluid Level ....................................................... 7-4 Safety .............................................................. 7-3 Service ............................................................ 7-3 Vents ............................................................... 7-4 Before Operating Machine ................................... 4-3 Blower Fan Switch ............................................. 3-38 Brake Pressure Indicator ......................................... 3-15 Brake Accumulators .......................................... 4-20 Bucket Height Control Function .................................................... 4-17 Bucket Level Indicator ....................................... 4-21 Burn Prevention ................................................... 2-8

C Cab Door ............................................................. 3-5 Cab Service ....................................................... 6-21 Caution Master Indicator ................................... 3-17 Checking for cylinder leakage ............................. 6-9 Components, Machine ......................................... 1-8 Control Levers ................................................... 4-13 Controls Blower Fan .................................................... 3-38 Heat, Cab ...................................................... 3-38 Lamp Switch .................................................. 3-39 Wiper/Washer Switch .................................... 3-39 Cylinder Leakage Check ..................................... 6-9

D Daily inspections ................................................ 5-10 Decals ................................................................ 2-11

DeClutch .............................................................4-20 Declutch Switch ..................................................3-40 Displays, Warning Non - Critical Warning Displays .....................3-17 Door Latch ................................................................3-6

E Electrical Maintenance .........................................7-6 Electrical System ..................................................7-3 Engine Coolant Gauge ............................................................3-21 Engine Grid Heater ....................................... 4-6, 4-8 Engine Oil Type ....................................................5-9 Environment .........................................................5-9

F Fan Reverser (option) ........................................3-40 Fire Extinguisher ................................................6-10 Fluid Capacities ....................................................5-6 Fluids and Capacities ...........................................5-6 Foot Pedals ........................................................3-10 Four-Way Flasher Switch ............................................................3-14 Front Console ........................................... 3-14, 3-21 Four-Way Flasher ..........................................3-14 Key/Ignition Switch .........................................3-12 Pilot Control Switch ........................................3-14 Fuel Handling Precautions ...................................2-8 Fuel Level Gauge ...............................................3-20 Fuse Panel ...........................................................7-7 Fuses ....................................................................7-7 Fuses, Replacement ............................................7-9

G Gauges Engine Coolant ..............................................3-21 Fuel Level ......................................................3-20 Hydraulic Oil Temperature .............................3-19 General Information ..............................................1-1 General Maintenance .........................................5-13

H Hazardous Chemical Precautions ........................2-8 Heat Control, Cab ...............................................3-38 Hourmeter ............................................................5-3 Hydraulic Connection - Auxiliary ........................4-21 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge .......................................3-19 9-1

CHAPTER 9 - INDEX

I

O

Identification Numbers ....................................... 1-10 Indicator Brake Pressure ............................................. 3-15 Caution Master .............................................. 3-17 Lamp ............................................................. 3-15 Parking Brake ................................................ 3-15 Secondary Steering Master ........................... 3-15 Stop Master ................................................... 3-16 Indicator Lamps ................................................. 3-15 Inspecting and Cleaning the Machine ................. 6-9 Instrument Panel ............................................... 3-15 Indicator Gauges Engine Coolant ......................................... 3-21 Fuel Level ................................................. 3-20 Hydraulic Oil Temperature ........................ 3-19 Indicator Lamps Brake Pressure ......................................... 3-15 Caution Master .......................................... 3-17 Lamp Indicator .......................................... 3-15 Parking Brake ........................................... 3-15 Secondary Steering .................................. 3-15 Stop Master ............................................... 3-16

Operating ............................................................4-30 Operating In Cold Climates ................................4-29 Operating Precautions ..........................................2-6 Operating the machine .........................................4-6 Operating the Machine in Hot climates ..............4-30 Operating the machine in water .........................4-24 Operating Tips - Loader .....................................4-23 Operator Manual Storage Compartment ..............1-4

K Key Switch, Ignition ........................................... 3-12

L Lamp Indicator ................................................... 3-15 Lamp Switch, Cab ............................................. 3-39 Latch Door ................................................................ 3-5 Levers Control ................................................... 4-13 Lift Capacity 721E ............................................... 8-5 Lift Capacity 821E ............................................... 8-9 Loader Function Switches ................................. 4-17 Loader Operating Tips ....................................... 4-23 Pushing Operation ........................................ 4-23 Louvers, Air Recirculation ................................................. 3-13

M Machine Components .......................................... 1-8 Maintenance Precautions .................................... 2-7 Maintenance, 10 Hour ....................................... 5-18 Maintenance, 50 Hour ....................................... 5-19 Maintenance, 100 Hour ..................................... 5-23 Maintenance, 1000 Hour ................................... 5-34 Maintenance, 2000 Hour ................................... 5-40 Maintenance, 250 Hour ..................................... 5-29 Maintenance, 500 Hour ..................................... 5-31 Moving a Disabled Machine .............................. 4-25

9-2

P Parking Brake Indicator .........................................................3-15 Personal Safety ....................................................2-3 Pilot Control Switch ............................................3-14 Plastic and resin parts ..........................................6-9 Power Modes ......................................................3-27 Power Outlet, Auxiliary .......................................7-12 Product Identification Number ............................1-10

R Releasing Hydraulic System Pressure .................5-5 Return-To-Dig Function .........................................................4-18 Return-To-Travel ................................................4-18 Switch ............................................................3-41 Ride Control .......................................................4-21 Switch ............................................................3-41 Run-In Period .......................................................4-3

S Safety and Decals Safety Rules .....................................................2-3 Safety, Battery ......................................................7-3 Seat Belt Precautions ...........................................2-9 Secondary Steering Master Indicator .................3-15 Serial Numbers .....................................................1-7 Side Console Autoshift Switch .............................................3-40 Blower Fan Switch .........................................3-38 Declutch Switch .............................................3-40 Heat Control ...................................................3-38 Lamp Switch ..................................................3-39 Return-To-Travel Switch ................................3-41 Ride Control Switch .......................................3-41 Wiper/Washer Switch .....................................3-39 Wrist Rest ......................................................3-36 Wrist Rest, Adjustment ..................................3-36 Sides of the machine Right-hand, left-hand, front, and rear ...............1-4 Specific machine precautions .............................2-10 Specifications .......................................................8-3 Auxiliary Hydraulic System ............................4-21

CHAPTER 9 - INDEX Specifications and Capacities, 721E ................... 5-6 Specifications and Capacities, 821E ................... 5-6 Starter motor ........................................................ 7-6 Starting and Stopping Precautions ...................... 2-5 Starting Engine .................................................... 4-4 Steps and access handles ................................... 3-5 Stop Master Indicator ........................................ 3-16 Stopping and Parking ................................... 4-5, 4-8 Stopping the engine ............................................. 4-8 Storage Compartment Operator Manual ............................................. 1-4 Support Strut ....................................................... 5-4 Switch Autoshift ........................................................ 3-40 Blower Fan .................................................... 3-38 Declutch ........................................................ 3-40 Four-Way Flasher ......................................... 3-14 Key/Ignition ................................................... 3-12 Lamp ............................................................. 3-39 Loader Function ............................................ 4-17 Bucket Height Control ............................... 4-17 Return-To-Travel ....................................... 4-18 Pilot Control ................................................... 3-14 Return-To-Travel ........................................... 3-41 Ride Control .................................................. 3-41 Wiper/Washer ............................................... 3-39

T Temperature Range, Hydraulic System .............. 5-8 Temperature Range, Oil Viscosity Engine ........... 5-7 Temperature Range, Transmission Oil Viscosity 5-8 Tire Pressure ....................................................... 6-6 Towing the machine .......................................... 4-26 Transporting the machine .................................. 4-26 Transporting the machine .................................. 4-27

U Utility Safety ......................................................... 2-4 Utility Safety Rules Message ............................... 2-4

V Variable Periodic Maintenance ................. 5-14, 5-15

W Warning Displays Non - Critical Warning Displays ..................... 3-17 Welding on the Machine ...................................... 6-9 Wheel Bolt Torque ............................................... 6-7 Wheels and Tires ................................................. 6-5 Wiper/Washer Switch ........................................ 3-39 Wrist Rest .......................................................... 3-36 Adjustment Knob ........................................... 3-36 9-3

CHAPTER 9 - INDEX

9-4

“EC” Declaration of Conformity The previous pages include a copy of the Declaration of Conformity "CE" (EC DoC).

The EC DoC is the manufacturer's declaration about equipment compliance to relevant EU provisions.

Please keep the original document in a safe place. Local authorities may require you to show this document in order to assure compliance of your equipment.

Translation of this declaration in your own country language is provided on the reverse page of the original document. For your better and easier understanding of the document hereafter you'll find some explanatory notes.

1. Under section 1.2 are listed those options or variants which have safety related functions. Some of them are standard provided, like FOPS or ROPS (please refer to page 6-3 for other detail). Others are available upon customer request.

2. Under point 2 are listed all information required by EU "Outdoor Noise" Directive 2000/14/EC. Please refer your own original EC DoC for specific equipment information. Other information about equipment guaranteed sound power level (LWA) can be found on page 1-6. On the same page are indicated information about operators station noise level (LpA) which is not matter of above mentioned EU Directive and therefore not indicated on it.

3. Generic serial number for this equipment type. Sequence of letters and numbers may vary depending on equipment configuration.

4. EC DoC serial number. Please make reference to this number when requiring information or support to Case about EC DoC. 5. Signature of a person authorised to sign the document on behalf of the company.

(IT) DICHIARAZIONE "CE" DI CONFORMITÀ Il sottoscritto dichiara che la sottoindicata macchina è stata progettata e costruita in conformità alle seguenti Direttive Europee, come emendate, e ai decreti e regolamenti che le traspongono nelle leggi nazionali 1.1 Norme europee armonizzate nel cui rispetto la conformità è dichiarata 1.2 Principali componenti di sicurezza montati e forniti con la macchina 1.2.1 Struttura di protezione contro la caduta di oggetti (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Variante per la movimentazione dei carichi sospesi (...)

1.2.3 Struttura di protezione in caso di ribaltamento (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Protezione frontale 1.2.5 Struttura di protezione in caso di rovesciamento laterale (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Piattaforma per il sollevamento di persone (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Ente notificato coinvolto 1.3 Attrezzature installate 1.4 Nome ed indirizzo della persona autorizzata a costituire il fascicolo tecnico 2.1 Procedura di valutazione della conformità seguita 2.2 Nome e indirizzo dell’Organismo Notificato coinvolto 2.3 Livello di potenza sonora misurato 2.4 Livello di potenza sonora garantito 2.5 Potenza del motore (come definita dalla ...)

2.6 Detentore della documentazione tecnica 3.1 Norme europee armonizzate nel cui rispetto la conformità è dichiarata 4.

Altre Direttive applicabili (FR) DECLARATION DE CONFORMITE "CE" Je, soussigné déclare que l’engin indique ci-dessous a été conçu et construit conformément aux directives européennes suivantes, selon leur amendements, et selon les décrets et règlements le transposants dans les lois nationales: 1.1 Normes Européennes harmonisées dans le respect desquelles la conformité est déclareé 1.2 Composants principaux de sécurité montés et fournis avec la machine 1.2.1 Structure de protection contre la chute d'objets (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Variante pour la manutention des charges suspendues (...)

1.2.3 Structure de protection en cas de capotage (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Protection frontale 1.2.5 Structure de protection en cas de renversement latéral (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Plate-forme pour le soulèvement de personnes (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Organisme notifié intéressé 1.3 Outillages installés 1.4 Nom et adresse de la personne autorisée à remplir le fascicule technique 2.1 Procédure d' évaluation de la procédure suivie 2.2 Nom et adresse de l' Organisme Notifié impliqué 2.3 Niveau de puissance sonore mesuré 2.4 Niveau de puissance sonore garanti 2.5 Puissance du moteur (selon la définition de la ...)

2.6 Possesseur de la documentation technique 3.1 Normes Européennes harmonisées dans le respect desquelles la conformité est déclarée 4.

Autres directives pouvant être appliquées

(ES) CERTIFICADO DE CONFORMIDAD "CE" En abajo firmante declara que la máquina abajo indicada ha sido diseñada y fabricada conforme a las siguientes Directivas Europeas, a sus enmiendas y a los decretos y reglamentos que los transforman en leyes nacionales: 1.1 Normativa europea armonizada cuya conformidad se declara 1.2 Principales componentes de seguridad montados y suministrados con la màquina 1.2.1 Estructura de protección contra la caida de objetos (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Dotación para mover cargas suspendidas (...)

1.2.3 Estructura de protección anti vuelco (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Protección delantera 1.2.5 Estructura de protección en caso de vuelco lateral (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Plataforma para elevación de personas (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Ente notificado involucrado 1.3 Herramientas instaladas 1.4 Nombre y dirección de la persona autorizada para componer el documento técnico 2.1 Procedimiento de valoración de conformidad efectuado 2.2 Nombre e dirección del Organismo Notificador responsable 2.3 Nivel medido de potencia sonora 2.4 Nivel garantizado de potencia sonora 2.5 Potencia del motor (como define la ...)

2.6 Poseedor de la documentación técnica 3.1 Normativa europea armonizada cuya conformidad se declara 4.

Oltras Directivas aplicables (DE) "EG"-KONFORMITÄTSERKLÄRUNG Der Unterzeichnende erklärt, dass die unten angegebene Maschine entsprechend der verbesserten europäischen Normen und nach den Verfügungen und Bestimmungen, die die nationalen Gesetze umsetzen, geplant und konstruiert wurde.

1.1 Harmonisierte Europäische Normen gemäß denen di Konformität erklärt wird: 1.2 Eingebaute und mit der Maschine mitgelieferte Haupt-Sicherungsbauteile 1.2.1 Schutzaufbau gegen herabfallende Gegenstände (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Ausrüstung für Hebezeugeinsatz (...)

1.2.3 Überschlagschutz (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Frontschutz 1.2.5 Schutz gegen seitliches Kippen (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Hubplattform für Personen (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Zuständige, unterrichtete Körperschaft 1.3 Eingebaute Geräte 1.4 Name und Adresse des/der Verantwortlichen für die Zusammenstellung der technischen Akte 2.1 Angewandte Konformitätsbewertungsverfahren 2.2 Name und Anschrift der beteiligten benannten Stelle 2.3 Gemessener Schalleistungspegel 2.4 Garantierter Schalleistungspegel 2.5 Motorleistung (gemäß Definition der ...)

2.6 Inhaber der technischen Dokumentation 3.1 Harmonisierte Europäische Normen gemäß denen die Konformität erklärt wird 4.

Weitere anwendbare Richtlinie/n

(PT) DECLARAÇAO "CE" DE CONFORMIDADE O abaixo - assinado declara que a máquina abaixo indicada foi projetada e construida em conformidade às seguintes directivas europeas, como emendadas e aos decretos e regulamentos que as transpoem nas leis nacionais 1.1 Normas européias harmonizadas sob as quais a conformidade è declarada 1.2 Principais componentes de segurança instalados e fornecidos com a máquina 1.2.1 Estrutura de protecção contra a queda des objectos (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Variante para a movimentação das cargas suspendidas (...)

1.2.3 Estrutura de protecção em caso de viragem (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Protecção frontal 1.2.5 Estrutura de protecção em caso de viragem lateral (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Plataforma para a elevação de pessoas (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Ente notificado envolvido 1.3 Aparelhagens instaladas 1.4 Nome e endereço da pessoa autorizada a compilar o ficheiro técnico 2.1 Procedimento de avaliação da conformidade seguido 2.2 Nome e endereço do Organismo Notificado envolvido 2.3 Nível de potência sonora medido 2.4 Nível de potência sonora garantido 2.5 Potência do motor (como definida pela ...)

2.6 Detentor da documentação técnica 3.1 Normas européias harmonizadas sob as quais a conformidade é declarada 4.

Outras Directrizes aplicáveis (FI) YHDENMUKAISUUSTODISTUS Allekirjoittaneena vakuutan, että alla kuvattu kone on suunniteltu ja valmistettu seuraavassa lueteltujen yhdennettyjen Euroopan yhteisön direktiivien sekä kansallisten lakien ja säännösten mukaisesti: 1.1 Yhdennetyt eurooppalaiset normit,joiden mukaisesti yhdenmukaisuus vakuutetaan 1.2 Tärkeimmät koneeseen asennetut ja sen mukana toimitettavat turvalaitteet 1.2.1 Putoavilta esineiltä suojaava suorjarakenne (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Turvalaite riippuvien kuormien siirtämiseen (...)

1.2.3 Kumoon kaatumisen suojarakenne (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Etusuoja 1.2.5 Sivuun kaatumisen suojarakenne (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Lava henkilöiden nostamiseen (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Kyseinen ilmoitettu laitos 1.3 Asennetut laitteistot 1.4 Teknisen tiedoston laadintaan valtuutetun henkilön nimi ja osoite 2.1 Suoritettu yhdenmukaisuuden arviointitoimenpide 2.2 Toimenpiteen suorittaneen järjestön nimi ja ostoide 2.3 Mitattu äänitehon taso 2.4 Taatu äänitehon taso 2.5 Moottorin teho (... mukaisesti) 2.6 Teknisen dokumentaation haltija 3.1 Yhdennetyt eurooppalaiset normit,joiden mukaisesti yhdenmukaisuus vakuutetaan 4.

Muut mahdolliset direktiivit (NO) "EU" KONFORMITETSDEKLARASJON Den undertegnede erklærer at maskinen som er beskrevet nedenfor, er prosjektert og konstruert i henhold til følgende europeiske direktiver, slik de er endret og i henhold til direktiver og regler som omstilles i de gjeldende nasjonale loven 1.1 Konformiteten er deklarert i henhold til de Europeiske Harmoniserte Normene 1.2 Hovedsikkerhetskomponenter som blir montert og levert med maskinen 1.2.1 Struktur for beskyttelse mot at ting faller ned (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Variant for transport av oppløftet lass (...)

1.2.3 Vernestruktur i tilfelle velt (R.O.P.S) 1.2.4 Frontalbeskyttelse 1.2.5 Vernestruktur i tilfelle sidevelt (T.O.P.S) 1.2.6 Plattform for heving av personer (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Institusjon som har mottatt kunngjøringen 1.3 Installert utstyr 1.4 Navn og adresse til personen som er autorisert til å opprette den tekniske mappen 2.1 Prosedyre for valutering av konformiteten som er fulgt 2.2 Navn og adresse av den involverte Notifiserings Organisasjonen 2.3 Det málte lydeffektnivået 2.4 Det garanterte lydeffektnivået 2.5 Motor effekt (ifølge ...)

2.6 Innehaver av teknisk dokumentasjon 3.1 Europeiske Harmoniserte Normer som er overholdt ved konformitets-deklarasjonen 4.

Andre anvendelige direktiver

(SV) "EC"-INTYG OM ÖVERENSSTÄMMELSE Undertecknad intygar att den nedan angivna maskinen har framtagits och tillverkats i översstämmelse med följande europeiska direktiv, såsom modifierade, och med i nationella lagar överordnade dekret och förordningar 1.1 Europeiska harmoniserade normer under vilka överensstämmelser har deklarerats: 1.2 Huvudsakliga säkerhetskomponenter som monterats och levererats med maskinen 1.2.1 Skyddsanordningar mot fallande föremål (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Styrsystem för svävande material (...)

1.2.3 Skyddsstruktur i händelse av tippning (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Skydd fram 1.2.5 Skyddsstruktur i händelse av kantring (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Plattform för upphissning av personer (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Underrättad berörd myndighet 1.3 Installerade utrustningar 1.4 Namn och adress för personen som är auktoriserad att upprätta de tekniska dokumenten 2.1 Förfarande för bedömning av den följida överenstämmelsen 2.2 Namn och adress för gällande tillkännagivande organ 2.3 Uppmätt ljudeffektnivå 2.4 Garanterad ljudeffektnivå 2.5 Motoreffekt (såsom definierad av ...)

2.6 Innehavare av den tekniska dokumentationen 3.1 Europeiska harmoniserade normer under vilka överenstämmelse är deklarerad: 4.

Andra tillämpliga Direktiv

(DA) "EF" ERKLÆRING OM OVERENSSTEMMELSE Undertegnede erklærer, at nedennævnte maskine er designet og konstrueret i overensstemmelse med følgende eu direktiver, som ændret, og de dekreter og reglementer, der omdanner dem til nationale love 1.1 Europæiske Harmoniserede normer under hvilke man har erklæret overensstemmelsen: 1.2 Hoved sikkerheds-komponenter monteret og leveret med maskinen 1.2.1 Beskyttelses - struktur mod fald af genstande (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Variant til bevægelse af ophængte laster (...)

1.2.3 Beskyttelses-struktur i tilfælde af tipning/vælten (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Frontal-beskyttelse 1.2.5 Beskyttelses-struktur i tilfælde af side-tipning/vælten (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Platform til løftning af personer (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Den notificerede institution, som er inddraget 1.3 Installeret udstyr 1.4 Navn og adresse på den person, der er autoriseret til at kompilere den tekniske fil 2.1 Fulgte overensstemmelses-vurderingsprocedure 2.2 Navn og adresse på det involverede Notificerede Organ 2.3 Målte lydstyrke-niveau 2.4 Garanteret lydstyrke-niveau 2.5 Motoreffekt (som defineret af det ...)

2.6 Ansvarlig for den tekniske dokumentation 3.1 Europæiske Harmoniserende normer under hvilke man har erklæret overensstemmelsen: 4.

Andre anvendelige Direktiver (EL) ΔΗΛΣΩΗ ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΣΗΣ "CE" Εγώ δηλώνω µε παρούσα ότι το µηχάνηµα που αναφέρεται παρακάτω έχει σχεδιαστεί και κατασκευστεί σύµφωνα µε τις ακόλουθες ευρωπαϊκές οδηγίες, όπως έχουν τροποποιηθεί και µε τους νόµους και κανονισµούς που τις έχουν ενσωµατώσει οτην εθνική νοµοθεσία: 1.1 Euρωπαϊκές εvaρμovισμέvες προσιαγραφές βάσει των οποίων δηλώνεται η συμφωνία 1.2 Kύρια συγκροτήματα ασφαλείας ενσωματωμένα στο μηχάνημα και συνοσεύονατα αυτό 1.2.1 Πλαίσιο Προστασίας από Πτώση Aντικειμένων (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Διάταξη για τον χειρισμό φορτίων (...)

1.2.3 Προστατευτική κατασκευή σε περίπτωση ανατροπής (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Μετωπική προστασία 1.2.5 Προστατευτική κατασκευή σε περίπτωση πλάγιας ανατροπής (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Πλατφόρμα για ανύψωση ατόμων (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Εμπλεκόμενος φορέας 1.3 Εγκαταστημένος εξοπλισμός 1.4 Όνομα και διεύθυνση του ατόμου που έχει εξουσιοδοτηθεί για τη σύνταξη του τεχνικού αρχείου 2.1 Aκολουθούμενη διαδικασία αξιολογήσεως της συμβατότητας 2.2 Oνομα και Διεύθυνση του εξουσιοσοτημένου φορέα που τον έλεγχο 2.3 Mετρηθείσα στάθμη ισχύος θορύβου 2.4 Aποσεκτή στάθμη ισχύος θορύβου 2.5 Η ισχύς του κινητήρα (όπως καθορίζεται από την ...)

2.6 Κάτοχος τεχνικής τεκμηρίωσης 3.1 Ευρωπαϊκές εναρμονισμένες προδιαγραφές βάσει των οποίων δηλώνετια η συμφωνία 4. Αλλες εφαρμοζόμενες Οδηγίες (NL) "CE" CONFORMITEITSVERKLARING Ondergetekende verklaart dat de hieronder beschrevene machine ontworpen en gebouwd werd met inachtneming van de volgende Europese richtlijnen en wijzigingen en met de decreten en reglementen die ze in nationale wetten omzetten 1.1 Europese geharmoniseerde normen aan welke de conformiteit wordt verklaard 1.2 Hoofdveiligheidscomponenten gemonteerd en geleverd met de machine 1.2.1 Beveiliging tegen vallende objecten (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Uitrusting voor hijswerkzaamheden (...)

1.2.3 Beschermingsstructuur in geval van omkantelen (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Voorbescherming 1.2.5 Beschermingsstructuur in geval van zijdelingse omkanteling (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Personen hefplatform (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Betrokken aangemelde instantie 1.3 Geïnstalleerde uitrusting 1.4 Naam en adres van degene die gemachtigd is om het technische dossier samen te stellen 2.1 Toegepaste conformiteitsevaluatie 2.2 Naam en adres van het betrokken Erkende Organisme 2.3 Gemeten geluidsniveau 2.4 Gewaarborgd geluidsniveau 2.5 Motorvermogen (zoals bepaald door de ...)

2.6 Houder van de technische documentatie 3.1 Europese geharmoniseerde normen aan welke de conformiteit wordt verklaard 4.

Andere richtlijn(en) van toepassing (CS) ES PROHLÁŠENÍ O SHODĚ Níže podepsaný výrobce prohlašuje, že dole uvedené strojní zařízení bylo navrženo a vyrobeno v souladu s ustanoveními následujících Evropských směrnic, jakož i jejich pozdějších změn, a v souladu s nařízeními a předpisy, jejichž prostřednictvím jsou tyto normy převedeny do národních zákonů 1.1 Harmonizované evropské normy, na nichž se zakládá prohlášení o shodě 1.2 Hlavní bezpečnostní komponenty montované a dodávané spolu se strojem 1.2.1 Ochranná konstrukce chránící proti padajícím předmětům (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Verze pro přepravu zavěšených nákladů (...)

1.2.3 Ochranná konstrukce chránící při převrácení (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Čelní ochranná konstrukce 1.2.5 Ochranná konstrukce chránící při převrácení na bok (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Plošina pro zdvihání osob (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Autorizovaný orgán 1.3 Instalovaná zařízení 1.4 Jméno a adresa osoby pověřené zpracováním technické dokumentace 2.1 Použitý postup posuzování shody 2.2 Název a adresa autorizovaného orgánu, který provedl posouzení shody 2.3 Naměřená hladina akustického výkonu 2.4 Garantovaná hladina akustického výkonu 2.5 Výkon motoru (stanoveno dle ...)

2.6 Držitel technické dokumentace 3.1 Harmonizované evropské normy, na nichž se zakládá prohlášení o shodě: 4.

Jiné použitelné směrnice (ET) “EC” VASTAVUSAVALDUS Allakirjutanu kinnitab, et käesolev seade on konstrueeritud ja valmistatud täielikus vastavuses alljärgnevate Euroopa direktiividega ning neid riiklikus seadusandluses rakendavate määruste ja normatiividega.

1.1 Kinnitame vastavust Euroopa ühtlustatud standarditele 1.2 Seadmesse on installeeritud ja seade on varustatud peamiste ohutusseadistega 1.2.1 Kukkuvate esemete eest kaitsev turvakatus (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Kaitse rippuva lastiga töötamisel (...)

1.2.3 Ümbermineku puhul kaitsev turvakabiin (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Esiosa kaitse 1.2.5 Kummulimineku puhul kaitsev turvakabiin (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Töötajate tõsteplatvorm (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Teavitatud asjakohased ametkonnad 1.3 Installeeritud sisseseade 1.4 Isiku nimi ja aadress, kellel on luba tehnilise faili koostamiseks 2.1 Vastavuse hindamisprotseduur läbi viidud 2.2 Teavitatud asjakohase organisatsiooni nimetus ja aadress 2.3 Helitugevuse tase mõõdetud 2.4 Helitugevuse tase tagatud 2.5 Mootori võimsus (vastavalt ... nõuetele) 2.6 Tehnilise dokumentatsiooni hoidja 3.1 Kinnitame vastavust Euroopa ühtlustatud standarditele 4.

Muud kohaldatavad direktiivid

(LV) "EK" ATBILSTĪBAS DEKLARĀCIJA Apakšā parakstījušies deklarē, ka šeit zemāk norādītais mehānisms ir paredzēts un izgatavots atbilstoši šādām izdotajām Eiropas direktīvām, kā arī dekrētiem un nolikumiem, kas tās pielāgo nacionālajai likumdošanai.

1.1 Saskaņotie Eiropas standarti, saskaņā ar kuriem tiek deklarēta atbilstība 1.2 Galvenie drošības komponenti, kas uzstādīti un nodrošināti kopā ar mehānismu 1.2.1 Struktūra aizsardzībai no krītošiem priekšmetiem (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Variants piekārtu slodžu pārvietošanai (...)

1.2.3 Struktūra aizsardzībai pret apgāšanos (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Aizsardzība no priekšpuses 1.2.5 Struktūra aizsardzībai pret sagāšanos (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Personāla pacelšanas platforma (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Iesaistītā informētā instance 1.3 Uzstādītā iekārta 1.4 Tehniskās datnes sastādīšanai pilnvarotās personas vārds un adrese 2.1 Īstenotā atbilstības novērtēšanas procedūra 2.2 Iesaistītās informētās organizācijas nosaukums un adrese 2.3 Izmērītais skaņas jaudas līmenis 2.4 Garantētais skaņas jaudas līmenis 2.5 Dzinēja jauda (kā definēts ...)

2.6 Tehniskās dokumentācijas uzglabātājs 3.1 Saskaņotie Eiropas standarti, saskaņā ar kuriem tiek deklarēta atbilstība 4.

Citas piemērojamās direktīvas

(LT) “EB” ATITIKTIES DEKLARACIJA Žemiau pasirašiusysis pareiškia, kad žemiau šiame dokumente nurodyta mašina yra suprojektuota ir pagaminta, laikantis tokių išleistų Europos direktyvų bei dekretų ir nuostatų, perkeliančių direktyvas į nacionalinius teisės aktus 1.1 Darnieji Europos standartai, kuriais remiantis deklaruojama atitiktis 1.2 Pagrindiniai saugos komponentai, sumontuoti ir pristatomi su mašina 1.2.1 Apsaugos nuo krintančių daiktų konstrukcija (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Variantas pakabinamų krovinių krovimui (...)

1.2.3 Virtimo apsaugos konstrukcija (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Priekinė apsauga 1.2.5 Apsivertimo apsaugos konstrukcija (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Darbininkų kėlimo platforma (aukštis>3m) 1.2.6.1 Dalyvaujanti notifikuotoji institucija 1.3 Sumontuota įranga 1.4 Asmens, įgalioto kompiliuoti šią techninę rinkmeną, asmenvardis ir adresas 2.1 Atitikties įvertinimo procedūra atlikta 2.2 Dalyvaujančios notifikuotosios įstaigos pavadinimas ir adresas 2.3 Garso galios lygis matuojamas 2.4 Garantuojamas garso galios lygis 2.5 Variklio galia () 2.6 Techninės dokumentacijos turėtojas 3.1 Darnieji Europos standartai, kuriais remiantis deklaruojama atitiktis 4.

Kitos taikytinos direktyvos (HU) BIZONYÍTVÁNY A “CE” IRÁNYELVEK ALKALMAZÁSÁRA Az alulírott bizonyítja, hogy az alább jelzett gép a következő Európai Irányelvek és ezek módosításának, valamint a nemzeti szabályzatba átvett törvényrendeletek és szabályok szerint van tervezve és gyártva 1.1 Harmonizált európai szabályok, melyek megfelelésére vonatkozik a bizonyítás 1.2 A gépre szerelt és vele együtt szállított biztonsági főalkatrészek 1.2.1 Gépből kieső tárgyak elleni védőszerkezetek (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Kiviteli variáns a felfüggesztett terhek mozgatásához (...)

1.2.3 Védőszerkezet a gép felborulása esetére (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Kezelővel szembenálló védőszerkezet 1.2.5 Védőszerkezet a gép oldalra borulása esetére (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Személyhordó emelőkosár (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Az érdekelt megbízott Intézmény 1.3 Beszerelt készülékek 1.4 A technikai fájl összeállítására jogosult személy neve és címe 2.1 A megfelelésre vonatkozó kiértékelési eljárás 2.2 Az érdekelt megbízott Intézmény neve és címe 2.3 A hangzavar lemért értéke 2.4 A hangzavar garantált értéke 2.5 Motorteljesítmény (az ... meghatározása szerint) 2.6 A műszaki bizonyítási anyagával bíró személy 3.1 Harmonizált európai szabályok, melyek alkalmazására vonatkozik a bizonyítás 4.

Egyéb alkalmazható Irányelvek

(PL) OŚWIADCZENIE "CE" O ZGODNOŚCI Ja niżej podpisany oświadczam, że poniżej wskazana maszyna została zaprojektowana i zbudowana zgodnie z poniższymi Dyrektywami Europejskimi, zgodnie z poprawkami, i z dekretami i regulaminami przystosowując je do przepisów narodowych 1.1 Dostosowane Normy europejskie, według których zgodność zadeklarowano 1.2 Podstawowe komponenty bezpieczeństwa zamontowane i dostarczone wraz z maszyną 1.2.1 Struktura ochronna przeciw spadaniu przedmiotów (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Wariant do przemieszczania ładunków zawieszonych (...)

1.2.3 Struktura ochronna w przypadku wywrotki maszyny (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Ochrona frontalna 1.2.5 Struktura ochronna w przypadku bocznej wywrotki (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Platforma do podnoszenia osób (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Kompetentny Urząd zarejestrowany 1.3 Aparatura zainstalowana 1.4 Imię, nazwisko i adres osoby upoważnionej do sporządzania dokumentacji technicznej 2.1 Procedura oceny zgodności według 2.2 Nazwa i adres Kompetentnego Urzędu Zarejestrowanego 2.3 Pomierzony Poziom mocy dźwięku 2.4 Gwarantowany Poziom mocy dźwięku 2.5 Moc silnika (jak określono w ...)

2.6 Posiadacz dokumentacji technicznej 3.1 Dostosowane Normy europejskie, według których zgodność zadeklarowano 4.

Inne Dyrektywy zastosowane

(SK) "ES" VYHLÁSENIE O ZHODE Dolupodpísaný prehlasuje, že nižšie uvedené strojné zariadenie bolo navrhnuté a vyrobené v súlade s ustanoveniami nasledovných smerníc EÚ, v znení ich neskorších zmien a doplnení, a v súlade s nariadeniami a predpismi, ktoré ich preberajú /transponujú/ do príslušných vnútroštátnych zákonov 1.1 Zosúladené normy EÚ, s ktorými je preukázaná zhoda 1.2 Hlavné bezpečnostné komponenty namontované a dodávané spolu so strojom 1.2.1 Ochranná štruktúra na zabránenie spadnutiu predmetov (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Výkyv pri pohybovaní zavesených bremien (...)

1.2.3 Ochranná štruktúra v prípade prevrátenia (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Čelná ochrana 1.2.5 Ochranná štruktúra v prípade bočného preklopenia (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Plošina na dvíhanie osôb (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Zainteresovaný certifikačný orgán 1.3 Nainštalované príslušenstvo 1.4 Meno a adresa autorizovanej osoby oprávnenej zostavovať technickú dokumentáciu 2.1 Postup posudzovania zhody vykonal 2.2 Názov a adresa príslušného autorizovaného certifikačného orgánu: 2.3 Nameraná hladina akustického hluku výkonu 2.4 Zaručená hladina akustického hluku výkonu 2.5 Výkon motora (ako je stanovený v ...)

2.6 Držiteľ technickej dokumentácie 3.1 Zosúladené normy EÚ, s ktorými je preukázaná zhoda 4.

Iné aplikované smernice: (SL) IZJAVA EU O SKLADNOSTI Spodaj podpisani izjavlja, da je omenjena naprava načrtovana in izdelana v skladu z sledečimi evropskimi direktivami z vsemi dodatki, ter z odločbami in uredbami, ki jih vpeljujejo v državne zakone 1.1 Harmonizirana evropska pravila, za katere se potrjuje skladnost 1.2 Temeljne varnostne komponente, ki so vgrajene in nudene z napravo 1.2.1 Zaščitna struktura proti padcu predmetov (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Varianta za gibanje visečih tovorov (...)

1.2.3 Zaščitna struktura v primeru prevrnitve (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Prednja zaščita 1.2.5 Zaščitna struktura v primeru bočne prevrnitve (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Platforma za dvig oseb (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Organ, kateremu se sporoči in ki je vpleten 1.3 Inštalirana orodja 1.4 Ime in naslov osebe, ki je pooblaščena za oblikovanje tehnične datoteke 2.1 Procedura za ocenjevanje skladnosti 2.2 Ime in naslov vpletenega organisma 2.3 Odmerjena moč hrupa 2.4 Zajamčena moč hrupa 2.5 Moč motorja (kot je predvidena po ...)

2.6 Lastnik tehnične dokumentacije 3.1 Harmonizirana evropska pravila, za katere se potrjuje skladnost 4.

Ostale direktive, ki se spoštujejo (BG) "EC" ДЕКЛАРАЦИЯ ЗА СЪОТВЕТСТВИЕ Долуподписаният (долуподписаните) декларирам(е), че машината, описана по-долу, е конструирана и произведена в съответствие със следните изменени и допълнени европейски директиви и разпоредбите, които ги транспонират в националното законодателство.

1.1 Хармонизирани европейски стандарти, по които се декларира съответствие 1.2 Главни компоненти за безопасност, инсталирани и доставени с машината 1.2.1 Защитна конструкция срещу падащи предмети (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Приложен прибор за манипулиране с предмети (...)

1.2.3 Защитна конструкция срещу странично преобръщане (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Предна защита на кабината 1.2.5 Защитна конструкция срещу преобръщане напред (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Платформа за повдигане на хора (В>3м) 1.2.6.1 Компетентен контролен орган 1.3 Монтирани прикачни устройства 1.4 Име и адрес на лицето, упълномощено да съставя техническия файл 2.1 Спазена процедура за оценка на съответствието 2.2 Име и адрес на компетентния контролен орган 2.3 Измерена мощност на звука 2.4 Гарантирана мощност на звука 2.5 Мощност на двигателя (съгласно ...)

2.6 Техническата документация се съхранява от 3.1 Хармонизирани европейски стандарти, по които се декларира съответствие 4. Други приложими директиви

(RO) DECLARAŢIE DE CONFORMITATE "CE" Subsemnatul declară că utilajul descris mai jos este proiectat şi fabricat în conformitate cu următoarele Directive UE, cu amendamentele corespunzătoare şi cu reglementările care le transpun în legile naţionale 1.1 Standarde europene armonizate faţă de care se declară conformitatea 1.2 Componente principale de siguranţă montate şi furnizate cu utilajul 1.2.1 Structură de protecţie împotriva obiectelor căzătoare (F.O.P.S.) 1.2.2 Trusă de aplicaţie la manipularea obiectelor (...)

1.2.3 Structură de protecţie la rostogolire (R.O.P.S.) 1.2.4 Protecţie frontală cabină 1.2.5 Structură de protecţie la răsturnare (T.O.P.S.) 1.2.6 Platformă de ridicare a personalului (H>3m) 1.2.6.1 Autoritatea implicată notificată 1.3 Accesorii montate 1.4 Numele şi adresa persoanei autorizate să completeze dosarul tehnic 2.1 Procedura după care s-a efectuat evaluarea conformităţii 2.2 Denumirea şi adresa organismului implicat notificat 2.3 Nivel măsurat al puterii zgomotului 2.4 Nivel garantat al puterii zgomotului 2.5 Puterea motorului (definită de ...)

2.6 Deţinătorul documentaţiei tehnice 3.1 Standarde europene armonizate faţă de care se declară conformitatea 4.

Alte directive aplicabile

Dealer’s stamp

CNH America LLC reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in specifications at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold.

Specifications, descriptions, and illustrative material herein are as accurate as known at time of publication, but are subject to change without notice.

Availability of some models and equipment builds varies according to the country in which the equipment is being used. For exact information about any particular product, please consult your Case dealer.

Printed in U.S.A. Copyright © 2010 CNH America LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Case is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC. Racine Wisconsin 53404 U.S.A.